man auxOTHERauxiliary (3): Other Auxiliary Routines

Functions

double precision function dlamch (CMACH)
DLAMCH
double precision function dlamc3 (A, B)
DLAMC3
subroutine dlamc1 (BETA, T, RND, IEEE1)
DLAMC1
subroutine dlamc2 (BETA, T, RND, EPS, EMIN, RMIN, EMAX, RMAX)
DLAMC2
program __dlamchtst.f__
DLAMCHTST
double precision function dsecnd ()
DSECND Using ETIME
program __dsecndtst.f__
DSECNDTST
subroutine ilaver (VERS_MAJOR, VERS_MINOR, VERS_PATCH)
ILAVER returns the LAPACK version.
program __lapack_version.f__
LAPACK_VERSION
logical function lsame (CA, CB)
LSAME
program __lsametst.f__
LSAMETST
real function second ()
SECOND Using ETIME
real function slamch (CMACH)
SLAMCH
real function slamc3 (A, B)
SLAMC3
subroutine slamc1 (BETA, T, RND, IEEE1)
SLAMC1
subroutine slamc2 (BETA, T, RND, EPS, EMIN, RMIN, EMAX, RMAX)
SLAMC2
program tstiee
TSTIEE
logical function disnan (DIN)
DISNAN tests input for NaN.
subroutine dlabad (SMALL, LARGE)
DLABAD
subroutine dlacpy (UPLO, M, N, A, LDA, B, LDB)
DLACPY copies all or part of one two-dimensional array to another.
subroutine dladiv (A, B, C, D, P, Q)
DLADIV performs complex division in real arithmetic, avoiding unnecessary overflow.
subroutine dlae2 (A, B, C, RT1, RT2)
DLAE2 computes the eigenvalues of a 2-by-2 symmetric matrix.
subroutine dlaebz (IJOB, NITMAX, N, MMAX, MINP, NBMIN, ABSTOL, RELTOL, PIVMIN, D, E, E2, NVAL, AB, C, MOUT, NAB, WORK, IWORK, INFO)
DLAEBZ computes the number of eigenvalues of a real symmetric tridiagonal matrix which are less than or equal to a given value, and performs other tasks required by the routine sstebz.
subroutine dlaev2 (A, B, C, RT1, RT2, CS1, SN1)
DLAEV2 computes the eigenvalues and eigenvectors of a 2-by-2 symmetric/Hermitian matrix.
subroutine dlagts (JOB, N, A, B, C, D, IN, Y, TOL, INFO)
DLAGTS solves the system of equations (T-λI)x = y or (T-λI)Tx = y,where T is a general tridiagonal matrix and λ a scalar, using the LU factorization computed by slagtf.
logical function dlaisnan (DIN1, DIN2)
DLAISNAN tests input for NaN by comparing two arguments for inequality.
integer function dlaneg (N, D, LLD, SIGMA, PIVMIN, R)
DLANEG computes the Sturm count.
double precision function dlanst (NORM, N, D, E)
DLANST returns the value of the 1-norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of a real symmetric tridiagonal matrix.
double precision function dlapy2 (X, Y)
DLAPY2 returns sqrt(x2+y2).
double precision function dlapy3 (X, Y, Z)
DLAPY3 returns sqrt(x2+y2+z2).
subroutine dlarnv (IDIST, ISEED, N, X)
DLARNV returns a vector of random numbers from a uniform or normal distribution.
subroutine dlarra (N, D, E, E2, SPLTOL, TNRM, NSPLIT, ISPLIT, INFO)
DLARRA computes the splitting points with the specified threshold.
subroutine dlarrb (N, D, LLD, IFIRST, ILAST, RTOL1, RTOL2, OFFSET, W, WGAP, WERR, WORK, IWORK, PIVMIN, SPDIAM, TWIST, INFO)
DLARRB provides limited bisection to locate eigenvalues for more accuracy.
subroutine dlarrc (JOBT, N, VL, VU, D, E, PIVMIN, EIGCNT, LCNT, RCNT, INFO)
DLARRC computes the number of eigenvalues of the symmetric tridiagonal matrix.
subroutine dlarrd (RANGE, ORDER, N, VL, VU, IL, IU, GERS, RELTOL, D, E, E2, PIVMIN, NSPLIT, ISPLIT, M, W, WERR, WL, WU, IBLOCK, INDEXW, WORK, IWORK, INFO)
DLARRD computes the eigenvalues of a symmetric tridiagonal matrix to suitable accuracy.
subroutine dlarre (RANGE, N, VL, VU, IL, IU, D, E, E2, RTOL1, RTOL2, SPLTOL, NSPLIT, ISPLIT, M, W, WERR, WGAP, IBLOCK, INDEXW, GERS, PIVMIN, WORK, IWORK, INFO)
DLARRE given the tridiagonal matrix T, sets small off-diagonal elements to zero and for each unreduced block Ti, finds base representations and eigenvalues.
subroutine dlarrf (N, D, L, LD, CLSTRT, CLEND, W, WGAP, WERR, SPDIAM, CLGAPL, CLGAPR, PIVMIN, SIGMA, DPLUS, LPLUS, WORK, INFO)
DLARRF finds a new relatively robust representation such that at least one of the eigenvalues is relatively isolated.
subroutine dlarrj (N, D, E2, IFIRST, ILAST, RTOL, OFFSET, W, WERR, WORK, IWORK, PIVMIN, SPDIAM, INFO)
DLARRJ performs refinement of the initial estimates of the eigenvalues of the matrix T.
subroutine dlarrk (N, IW, GL, GU, D, E2, PIVMIN, RELTOL, W, WERR, INFO)
DLARRK computes one eigenvalue of a symmetric tridiagonal matrix T to suitable accuracy.
subroutine dlarrr (N, D, E, INFO)
DLARRR performs tests to decide whether the symmetric tridiagonal matrix T warrants expensive computations which guarantee high relative accuracy in the eigenvalues.
subroutine dlartg (F, G, CS, SN, R)
DLARTG generates a plane rotation with real cosine and real sine.
subroutine dlartgp (F, G, CS, SN, R)
DLARTGP generates a plane rotation so that the diagonal is nonnegative.
subroutine dlaruv (ISEED, N, X)
DLARUV returns a vector of n random real numbers from a uniform distribution.
subroutine dlas2 (F, G, H, SSMIN, SSMAX)
DLAS2 computes singular values of a 2-by-2 triangular matrix.
subroutine dlascl (TYPE, KL, KU, CFROM, CTO, M, N, A, LDA, INFO)
DLASCL multiplies a general rectangular matrix by a real scalar defined as cto/cfrom.
subroutine dlasd0 (N, SQRE, D, E, U, LDU, VT, LDVT, SMLSIZ, IWORK, WORK, INFO)
DLASD0 computes the singular values of a real upper bidiagonal n-by-m matrix B with diagonal d and off-diagonal e. Used by sbdsdc.
subroutine dlasd1 (NL, NR, SQRE, D, ALPHA, BETA, U, LDU, VT, LDVT, IDXQ, IWORK, WORK, INFO)
DLASD1 computes the SVD of an upper bidiagonal matrix B of the specified size. Used by sbdsdc.
subroutine dlasd2 (NL, NR, SQRE, K, D, Z, ALPHA, BETA, U, LDU, VT, LDVT, DSIGMA, U2, LDU2, VT2, LDVT2, IDXP, IDX, IDXC, IDXQ, COLTYP, INFO)
DLASD2 merges the two sets of singular values together into a single sorted set. Used by sbdsdc.
subroutine dlasd3 (NL, NR, SQRE, K, D, Q, LDQ, DSIGMA, U, LDU, U2, LDU2, VT, LDVT, VT2, LDVT2, IDXC, CTOT, Z, INFO)
DLASD3 finds all square roots of the roots of the secular equation, as defined by the values in D and Z, and then updates the singular vectors by matrix multiplication. Used by sbdsdc.
subroutine dlasd4 (N, I, D, Z, DELTA, RHO, SIGMA, WORK, INFO)
DLASD4 computes the square root of the i-th updated eigenvalue of a positive symmetric rank-one modification to a positive diagonal matrix. Used by dbdsdc.
subroutine dlasd5 (I, D, Z, DELTA, RHO, DSIGMA, WORK)
DLASD5 computes the square root of the i-th eigenvalue of a positive symmetric rank-one modification of a 2-by-2 diagonal matrix. Used by sbdsdc.
subroutine dlasd6 (ICOMPQ, NL, NR, SQRE, D, VF, VL, ALPHA, BETA, IDXQ, PERM, GIVPTR, GIVCOL, LDGCOL, GIVNUM, LDGNUM, POLES, DIFL, DIFR, Z, K, C, S, WORK, IWORK, INFO)
DLASD6 computes the SVD of an updated upper bidiagonal matrix obtained by merging two smaller ones by appending a row. Used by sbdsdc.
subroutine dlasd7 (ICOMPQ, NL, NR, SQRE, K, D, Z, ZW, VF, VFW, VL, VLW, ALPHA, BETA, DSIGMA, IDX, IDXP, IDXQ, PERM, GIVPTR, GIVCOL, LDGCOL, GIVNUM, LDGNUM, C, S, INFO)
DLASD7 merges the two sets of singular values together into a single sorted set. Then it tries to deflate the size of the problem. Used by sbdsdc.
subroutine dlasd8 (ICOMPQ, K, D, Z, VF, VL, DIFL, DIFR, LDDIFR, DSIGMA, WORK, INFO)
DLASD8 finds the square roots of the roots of the secular equation, and stores, for each element in D, the distance to its two nearest poles. Used by sbdsdc.
subroutine dlasda (ICOMPQ, SMLSIZ, N, SQRE, D, E, U, LDU, VT, K, DIFL, DIFR, Z, POLES, GIVPTR, GIVCOL, LDGCOL, PERM, GIVNUM, C, S, WORK, IWORK, INFO)
DLASDA computes the singular value decomposition (SVD) of a real upper bidiagonal matrix with diagonal d and off-diagonal e. Used by sbdsdc.
subroutine dlasdq (UPLO, SQRE, N, NCVT, NRU, NCC, D, E, VT, LDVT, U, LDU, C, LDC, WORK, INFO)
DLASDQ computes the SVD of a real bidiagonal matrix with diagonal d and off-diagonal e. Used by sbdsdc.
subroutine dlasdt (N, LVL, ND, INODE, NDIML, NDIMR, MSUB)
DLASDT creates a tree of subproblems for bidiagonal divide and conquer. Used by sbdsdc.
subroutine dlaset (UPLO, M, N, ALPHA, BETA, A, LDA)
DLASET initializes the off-diagonal elements and the diagonal elements of a matrix to given values.
subroutine dlasr (SIDE, PIVOT, DIRECT, M, N, C, S, A, LDA)
DLASR applies a sequence of plane rotations to a general rectangular matrix.
subroutine dlassq (N, X, INCX, SCALE, SUMSQ)
DLASSQ updates a sum of squares represented in scaled form.
subroutine dlasv2 (F, G, H, SSMIN, SSMAX, SNR, CSR, SNL, CSL)
DLASV2 computes the singular value decomposition of a 2-by-2 triangular matrix.
integer function ieeeck (ISPEC, ZERO, ONE)
IEEECK
integer function iladlc (M, N, A, LDA)
ILADLC scans a matrix for its last non-zero column.
integer function iladlr (M, N, A, LDA)
ILADLR scans a matrix for its last non-zero row.
integer function ilaenv (ISPEC, NAME, OPTS, N1, N2, N3, N4)
ILAENV
integer function iparmq (ISPEC, NAME, OPTS, N, ILO, IHI, LWORK)
IPARMQ
logical function lsamen (N, CA, CB)
LSAMEN
logical function sisnan (SIN)
SISNAN tests input for NaN.
subroutine slabad (SMALL, LARGE)
SLABAD
subroutine slacpy (UPLO, M, N, A, LDA, B, LDB)
SLACPY copies all or part of one two-dimensional array to another.
subroutine sladiv (A, B, C, D, P, Q)
SLADIV performs complex division in real arithmetic, avoiding unnecessary overflow.
subroutine slae2 (A, B, C, RT1, RT2)
SLAE2 computes the eigenvalues of a 2-by-2 symmetric matrix.
subroutine slaebz (IJOB, NITMAX, N, MMAX, MINP, NBMIN, ABSTOL, RELTOL, PIVMIN, D, E, E2, NVAL, AB, C, MOUT, NAB, WORK, IWORK, INFO)
SLAEBZ computes the number of eigenvalues of a real symmetric tridiagonal matrix which are less than or equal to a given value, and performs other tasks required by the routine sstebz.
subroutine slaev2 (A, B, C, RT1, RT2, CS1, SN1)
SLAEV2 computes the eigenvalues and eigenvectors of a 2-by-2 symmetric/Hermitian matrix.
subroutine slag2d (M, N, SA, LDSA, A, LDA, INFO)
SLAG2D converts a single precision matrix to a double precision matrix.
subroutine slagts (JOB, N, A, B, C, D, IN, Y, TOL, INFO)
SLAGTS solves the system of equations (T-λI)x = y or (T-λI)Tx = y,where T is a general tridiagonal matrix and λ a scalar, using the LU factorization computed by slagtf.
logical function slaisnan (SIN1, SIN2)
SLAISNAN tests input for NaN by comparing two arguments for inequality.
integer function slaneg (N, D, LLD, SIGMA, PIVMIN, R)
SLANEG computes the Sturm count.
real function slanst (NORM, N, D, E)
SLANST returns the value of the 1-norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of a real symmetric tridiagonal matrix.
real function slapy2 (X, Y)
SLAPY2 returns sqrt(x2+y2).
real function slapy3 (X, Y, Z)
SLAPY3 returns sqrt(x2+y2+z2).
subroutine slarnv (IDIST, ISEED, N, X)
SLARNV returns a vector of random numbers from a uniform or normal distribution.
subroutine slarra (N, D, E, E2, SPLTOL, TNRM, NSPLIT, ISPLIT, INFO)
SLARRA computes the splitting points with the specified threshold.
subroutine slarrb (N, D, LLD, IFIRST, ILAST, RTOL1, RTOL2, OFFSET, W, WGAP, WERR, WORK, IWORK, PIVMIN, SPDIAM, TWIST, INFO)
SLARRB provides limited bisection to locate eigenvalues for more accuracy.
subroutine slarrc (JOBT, N, VL, VU, D, E, PIVMIN, EIGCNT, LCNT, RCNT, INFO)
SLARRC computes the number of eigenvalues of the symmetric tridiagonal matrix.
subroutine slarrd (RANGE, ORDER, N, VL, VU, IL, IU, GERS, RELTOL, D, E, E2, PIVMIN, NSPLIT, ISPLIT, M, W, WERR, WL, WU, IBLOCK, INDEXW, WORK, IWORK, INFO)
SLARRD computes the eigenvalues of a symmetric tridiagonal matrix to suitable accuracy.
subroutine slarre (RANGE, N, VL, VU, IL, IU, D, E, E2, RTOL1, RTOL2, SPLTOL, NSPLIT, ISPLIT, M, W, WERR, WGAP, IBLOCK, INDEXW, GERS, PIVMIN, WORK, IWORK, INFO)
SLARRE given the tridiagonal matrix T, sets small off-diagonal elements to zero and for each unreduced block Ti, finds base representations and eigenvalues.
subroutine slarrf (N, D, L, LD, CLSTRT, CLEND, W, WGAP, WERR, SPDIAM, CLGAPL, CLGAPR, PIVMIN, SIGMA, DPLUS, LPLUS, WORK, INFO)
SLARRF finds a new relatively robust representation such that at least one of the eigenvalues is relatively isolated.
subroutine slarrj (N, D, E2, IFIRST, ILAST, RTOL, OFFSET, W, WERR, WORK, IWORK, PIVMIN, SPDIAM, INFO)
SLARRJ performs refinement of the initial estimates of the eigenvalues of the matrix T.
subroutine slarrk (N, IW, GL, GU, D, E2, PIVMIN, RELTOL, W, WERR, INFO)
SLARRK computes one eigenvalue of a symmetric tridiagonal matrix T to suitable accuracy.
subroutine slarrr (N, D, E, INFO)
SLARRR performs tests to decide whether the symmetric tridiagonal matrix T warrants expensive computations which guarantee high relative accuracy in the eigenvalues.
subroutine slartg (F, G, CS, SN, R)
SLARTG generates a plane rotation with real cosine and real sine.
subroutine slartgp (F, G, CS, SN, R)
SLARTGP generates a plane rotation so that the diagonal is nonnegative.
subroutine slaruv (ISEED, N, X)
SLARUV returns a vector of n random real numbers from a uniform distribution.
subroutine slas2 (F, G, H, SSMIN, SSMAX)
SLAS2 computes singular values of a 2-by-2 triangular matrix.
subroutine slascl (TYPE, KL, KU, CFROM, CTO, M, N, A, LDA, INFO)
SLASCL multiplies a general rectangular matrix by a real scalar defined as cto/cfrom.
subroutine slasd0 (N, SQRE, D, E, U, LDU, VT, LDVT, SMLSIZ, IWORK, WORK, INFO)
SLASD0 computes the singular values of a real upper bidiagonal n-by-m matrix B with diagonal d and off-diagonal e. Used by sbdsdc.
subroutine slasd1 (NL, NR, SQRE, D, ALPHA, BETA, U, LDU, VT, LDVT, IDXQ, IWORK, WORK, INFO)
SLASD1 computes the SVD of an upper bidiagonal matrix B of the specified size. Used by sbdsdc.
subroutine slasd2 (NL, NR, SQRE, K, D, Z, ALPHA, BETA, U, LDU, VT, LDVT, DSIGMA, U2, LDU2, VT2, LDVT2, IDXP, IDX, IDXC, IDXQ, COLTYP, INFO)
SLASD2 merges the two sets of singular values together into a single sorted set. Used by sbdsdc.
subroutine slasd3 (NL, NR, SQRE, K, D, Q, LDQ, DSIGMA, U, LDU, U2, LDU2, VT, LDVT, VT2, LDVT2, IDXC, CTOT, Z, INFO)
SLASD3 finds all square roots of the roots of the secular equation, as defined by the values in D and Z, and then updates the singular vectors by matrix multiplication. Used by sbdsdc.
subroutine slasd4 (N, I, D, Z, DELTA, RHO, SIGMA, WORK, INFO)
SLASD4 computes the square root of the i-th updated eigenvalue of a positive symmetric rank-one modification to a positive diagonal matrix. Used by sbdsdc.
subroutine slasd5 (I, D, Z, DELTA, RHO, DSIGMA, WORK)
SLASD5 computes the square root of the i-th eigenvalue of a positive symmetric rank-one modification of a 2-by-2 diagonal matrix. Used by sbdsdc.
subroutine slasd6 (ICOMPQ, NL, NR, SQRE, D, VF, VL, ALPHA, BETA, IDXQ, PERM, GIVPTR, GIVCOL, LDGCOL, GIVNUM, LDGNUM, POLES, DIFL, DIFR, Z, K, C, S, WORK, IWORK, INFO)
SLASD6 computes the SVD of an updated upper bidiagonal matrix obtained by merging two smaller ones by appending a row. Used by sbdsdc.
subroutine slasd7 (ICOMPQ, NL, NR, SQRE, K, D, Z, ZW, VF, VFW, VL, VLW, ALPHA, BETA, DSIGMA, IDX, IDXP, IDXQ, PERM, GIVPTR, GIVCOL, LDGCOL, GIVNUM, LDGNUM, C, S, INFO)
SLASD7 merges the two sets of singular values together into a single sorted set. Then it tries to deflate the size of the problem. Used by sbdsdc.
subroutine slasd8 (ICOMPQ, K, D, Z, VF, VL, DIFL, DIFR, LDDIFR, DSIGMA, WORK, INFO)
SLASD8 finds the square roots of the roots of the secular equation, and stores, for each element in D, the distance to its two nearest poles. Used by sbdsdc.
subroutine slasda (ICOMPQ, SMLSIZ, N, SQRE, D, E, U, LDU, VT, K, DIFL, DIFR, Z, POLES, GIVPTR, GIVCOL, LDGCOL, PERM, GIVNUM, C, S, WORK, IWORK, INFO)
SLASDA computes the singular value decomposition (SVD) of a real upper bidiagonal matrix with diagonal d and off-diagonal e. Used by sbdsdc.
subroutine slasdq (UPLO, SQRE, N, NCVT, NRU, NCC, D, E, VT, LDVT, U, LDU, C, LDC, WORK, INFO)
SLASDQ computes the SVD of a real bidiagonal matrix with diagonal d and off-diagonal e. Used by sbdsdc.
subroutine slasdt (N, LVL, ND, INODE, NDIML, NDIMR, MSUB)
SLASDT creates a tree of subproblems for bidiagonal divide and conquer. Used by sbdsdc.
subroutine slaset (UPLO, M, N, ALPHA, BETA, A, LDA)
SLASET initializes the off-diagonal elements and the diagonal elements of a matrix to given values.
subroutine slasr (SIDE, PIVOT, DIRECT, M, N, C, S, A, LDA)
SLASR applies a sequence of plane rotations to a general rectangular matrix.
subroutine slassq (N, X, INCX, SCALE, SUMSQ)
SLASSQ updates a sum of squares represented in scaled form.
subroutine slasv2 (F, G, H, SSMIN, SSMAX, SNR, CSR, SNL, CSL)
SLASV2 computes the singular value decomposition of a 2-by-2 triangular matrix.
subroutine xerbla (SRNAME, INFO)
XERBLA
subroutine xerbla_array (SRNAME_ARRAY, SRNAME_LEN, INFO)
XERBLA_ARRAY

Detailed Description

This is the group of Other Auxiliary routines

Function Documentation

program dlamchtst.f ()

DLAMCHTST

Author:

Univ. of Tennessee

Univ. of California Berkeley

Univ. of Colorado Denver

NAG Ltd.

Date:

: November 2011

program dsecndtst.f ()

DSECNDTST

Author:

Univ. of Tennessee

Univ. of California Berkeley

Univ. of Colorado Denver

NAG Ltd.

Date:

: November 2011

program __lapack_version.f__ ()

LAPACK_VERSION

Author:

Univ. of Tennessee

Univ. of California Berkeley

Univ. of Colorado Denver

NAG Ltd.

Date:

: November 2011

program lsametst.f ()

LSAMETST

Author:

Univ. of Tennessee

Univ. of California Berkeley

Univ. of Colorado Denver

NAG Ltd.

Date:

: November 2011

logical function disnan (double precision DIN)

DISNAN tests input for NaN.

Purpose:

 DISNAN returns .TRUE. if its argument is NaN, and .FALSE.
 otherwise.  To be replaced by the Fortran 2003 intrinsic in the
 future.

Parameters:

DIN

          DIN is DOUBLE PRECISION
          Input to test for NaN.

Author:

Univ. of Tennessee

Univ. of California Berkeley

Univ. of Colorado Denver

NAG Ltd.

Date:

: September 2012

subroutine dlabad (double precision SMALL, double precision LARGE)

DLABAD

Purpose:

 DLABAD takes as input the values computed by DLAMCH for underflow and
 overflow, and returns the square root of each of these values if the
 log of LARGE is sufficiently large.  This subroutine is intended to
 identify machines with a large exponent range, such as the Crays, and
 redefine the underflow and overflow limits to be the square roots of
 the values computed by DLAMCH.  This subroutine is needed because
 DLAMCH does not compensate for poor arithmetic in the upper half of
 the exponent range, as is found on a Cray.

Parameters:

SMALL

          SMALL is DOUBLE PRECISION
          On entry, the underflow threshold as computed by DLAMCH.
          On exit, if LOG10(LARGE) is sufficiently large, the square
          root of SMALL, otherwise unchanged.

LARGE

          LARGE is DOUBLE PRECISION
          On entry, the overflow threshold as computed by DLAMCH.
          On exit, if LOG10(LARGE) is sufficiently large, the square
          root of LARGE, otherwise unchanged.

Author:

Univ. of Tennessee

Univ. of California Berkeley

Univ. of Colorado Denver

NAG Ltd.

Date:

: November 2011

subroutine dlacpy (character UPLO, integer M, integer N, double precision, dimension( lda, * ) A, integer LDA, double precision, dimension( ldb, * ) B, integer LDB)

DLACPY copies all or part of one two-dimensional array to another.

Purpose:

 DLACPY copies all or part of a two-dimensional matrix A to another
 matrix B.

Parameters:

UPLO

          UPLO is CHARACTER*1
          Specifies the part of the matrix A to be copied to B.
          = 'U':      Upper triangular part
          = 'L':      Lower triangular part
          Otherwise:  All of the matrix A

          M is INTEGER
          The number of rows of the matrix A.  M >= 0.

          N is INTEGER
          The number of columns of the matrix A.  N >= 0.

          A is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDA,N)
          The m by n matrix A.  If UPLO = 'U', only the upper triangle
          or trapezoid is accessed; if UPLO = 'L', only the lower
          triangle or trapezoid is accessed.

LDA

          LDA is INTEGER
          The leading dimension of the array A.  LDA >= max(1,M).

          B is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDB,N)
          On exit, B = A in the locations specified by UPLO.

LDB

          LDB is INTEGER
          The leading dimension of the array B.  LDB >= max(1,M).

Author:

Univ. of Tennessee

Univ. of California Berkeley

Univ. of Colorado Denver

NAG Ltd.

Date:

: September 2012

subroutine dladiv (double precision A, double precision B, double precision C, double precision D, double precision P, double precision Q)

DLADIV performs complex division in real arithmetic, avoiding unnecessary overflow.

Purpose:

 DLADIV performs complex division in  real arithmetic
                       a + i*b
            p + i*q = ---------
                       c + i*d
 The algorithm is due to Michael Baudin and Robert L. Smith
 and can be found in the paper
 "A Robust Complex Division in Scilab"

Parameters:

          A is DOUBLE PRECISION

          B is DOUBLE PRECISION

          C is DOUBLE PRECISION

          D is DOUBLE PRECISION
          The scalars a, b, c, and d in the above expression.

          P is DOUBLE PRECISION

          Q is DOUBLE PRECISION
          The scalars p and q in the above expression.

Author:

Univ. of Tennessee

Univ. of California Berkeley

Univ. of Colorado Denver

NAG Ltd.

Date:

: January 2013

subroutine dlae2 (double precision A, double precision B, double precision C, double precision RT1, double precision RT2)

DLAE2 computes the eigenvalues of a 2-by-2 symmetric matrix.

Purpose:

 DLAE2  computes the eigenvalues of a 2-by-2 symmetric matrix
    [  A   B  ]
    [  B   C  ].
 On return, RT1 is the eigenvalue of larger absolute value, and RT2
 is the eigenvalue of smaller absolute value.

Parameters:

          A is DOUBLE PRECISION
          The (1,1) element of the 2-by-2 matrix.

          B is DOUBLE PRECISION
          The (1,2) and (2,1) elements of the 2-by-2 matrix.

          C is DOUBLE PRECISION
          The (2,2) element of the 2-by-2 matrix.

RT1

          RT1 is DOUBLE PRECISION
          The eigenvalue of larger absolute value.

RT2

          RT2 is DOUBLE PRECISION
          The eigenvalue of smaller absolute value.

Author:

Univ. of Tennessee

Univ. of California Berkeley

Univ. of Colorado Denver

NAG Ltd.

Date:

: September 2012

Further Details:

  RT1 is accurate to a few ulps barring over/underflow.
  RT2 may be inaccurate if there is massive cancellation in the
  determinant A*C-B*B; higher precision or correctly rounded or
  correctly truncated arithmetic would be needed to compute RT2
  accurately in all cases.
  Overflow is possible only if RT1 is within a factor of 5 of overflow.
  Underflow is harmless if the input data is 0 or exceeds
     underflow_threshold / macheps.

subroutine dlaebz (integer IJOB, integer NITMAX, integer N, integer MMAX, integer MINP, integer NBMIN, double precision ABSTOL, double precision RELTOL, double precision PIVMIN, double precision, dimension( * ) D, double precision, dimension( * ) E, double precision, dimension( * ) E2, integer, dimension( * ) NVAL, double precision, dimension( mmax, * ) AB, double precision, dimension( * ) C, integer MOUT, integer, dimension( mmax, * ) NAB, double precision, dimension( * ) WORK, integer, dimension( * ) IWORK, integer INFO)

DLAEBZ computes the number of eigenvalues of a real symmetric tridiagonal matrix which are less than or equal to a given value, and performs other tasks required by the routine sstebz.

Purpose:

 DLAEBZ contains the iteration loops which compute and use the
 function N(w), which is the count of eigenvalues of a symmetric
 tridiagonal matrix T less than or equal to its argument  w.  It
 performs a choice of two types of loops:
 IJOB=1, followed by
 IJOB=2: It takes as input a list of intervals and returns a list of
         sufficiently small intervals whose union contains the same
         eigenvalues as the union of the original intervals.
         The input intervals are (AB(j,1),AB(j,2)], j=1,...,MINP.
         The output interval (AB(j,1),AB(j,2)] will contain
         eigenvalues NAB(j,1)+1,...,NAB(j,2), where 1 <= j <= MOUT.
 IJOB=3: It performs a binary search in each input interval
         (AB(j,1),AB(j,2)] for a point  w(j)  such that
         N(w(j))=NVAL(j), and uses  C(j)  as the starting point of
         the search.  If such a w(j) is found, then on output
         AB(j,1)=AB(j,2)=w.  If no such w(j) is found, then on output
         (AB(j,1),AB(j,2)] will be a small interval containing the
         point where N(w) jumps through NVAL(j), unless that point
         lies outside the initial interval.
 Note that the intervals are in all cases half-open intervals,
 i.e., of the form  (a,b] , which includes  b  but not  a .
 To avoid underflow, the matrix should be scaled so that its largest
 element is no greater than  overflow**(1/2) * underflow**(1/4)
 in absolute value.  To assure the most accurate computation
 of small eigenvalues, the matrix should be scaled to be
 not much smaller than that, either.
 See W. Kahan "Accurate Eigenvalues of a Symmetric Tridiagonal
 Matrix", Report CS41, Computer Science Dept., Stanford
 University, July 21, 1966
 Note: the arguments are, in general, *not* checked for unreasonable
 values.

Parameters:

IJOB

          IJOB is INTEGER
          Specifies what is to be done:
          = 1:  Compute NAB for the initial intervals.
          = 2:  Perform bisection iteration to find eigenvalues of T.
          = 3:  Perform bisection iteration to invert N(w), i.e.,
                to find a point which has a specified number of
                eigenvalues of T to its left.
          Other values will cause DLAEBZ to return with INFO=-1.

NITMAX

          NITMAX is INTEGER
          The maximum number of "levels" of bisection to be
          performed, i.e., an interval of width W will not be made
          smaller than 2^(-NITMAX) * W.  If not all intervals
          have converged after NITMAX iterations, then INFO is set
          to the number of non-converged intervals.

          N is INTEGER
          The dimension n of the tridiagonal matrix T.  It must be at
          least 1.

MMAX

          MMAX is INTEGER
          The maximum number of intervals.  If more than MMAX intervals
          are generated, then DLAEBZ will quit with INFO=MMAX+1.

MINP

          MINP is INTEGER
          The initial number of intervals.  It may not be greater than
          MMAX.

NBMIN

          NBMIN is INTEGER
          The smallest number of intervals that should be processed
          using a vector loop.  If zero, then only the scalar loop
          will be used.

ABSTOL

          ABSTOL is DOUBLE PRECISION
          The minimum (absolute) width of an interval.  When an
          interval is narrower than ABSTOL, or than RELTOL times the
          larger (in magnitude) endpoint, then it is considered to be
          sufficiently small, i.e., converged.  This must be at least
          zero.

RELTOL

          RELTOL is DOUBLE PRECISION
          The minimum relative width of an interval.  When an interval
          is narrower than ABSTOL, or than RELTOL times the larger (in
          magnitude) endpoint, then it is considered to be
          sufficiently small, i.e., converged.  Note: this should
          always be at least radix*machine epsilon.

PIVMIN

          PIVMIN is DOUBLE PRECISION
          The minimum absolute value of a "pivot" in the Sturm
          sequence loop.
          This must be at least  max |e(j)**2|*safe_min  and at
          least safe_min, where safe_min is at least
          the smallest number that can divide one without overflow.

          D is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N)
          The diagonal elements of the tridiagonal matrix T.

          E is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N)
          The offdiagonal elements of the tridiagonal matrix T in
          positions 1 through N-1.  E(N) is arbitrary.

          E2 is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N)
          The squares of the offdiagonal elements of the tridiagonal
          matrix T.  E2(N) is ignored.

NVAL

          NVAL is INTEGER array, dimension (MINP)
          If IJOB=1 or 2, not referenced.
          If IJOB=3, the desired values of N(w).  The elements of NVAL
          will be reordered to correspond with the intervals in AB.
          Thus, NVAL(j) on output will not, in general be the same as
          NVAL(j) on input, but it will correspond with the interval
          (AB(j,1),AB(j,2)] on output.

          AB is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (MMAX,2)
          The endpoints of the intervals.  AB(j,1) is  a(j), the left
          endpoint of the j-th interval, and AB(j,2) is b(j), the
          right endpoint of the j-th interval.  The input intervals
          will, in general, be modified, split, and reordered by the
          calculation.

          C is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (MMAX)
          If IJOB=1, ignored.
          If IJOB=2, workspace.
          If IJOB=3, then on input C(j) should be initialized to the
          first search point in the binary search.

MOUT

          MOUT is INTEGER
          If IJOB=1, the number of eigenvalues in the intervals.
          If IJOB=2 or 3, the number of intervals output.
          If IJOB=3, MOUT will equal MINP.

NAB

          NAB is INTEGER array, dimension (MMAX,2)
          If IJOB=1, then on output NAB(i,j) will be set to N(AB(i,j)).
          If IJOB=2, then on input, NAB(i,j) should be set.  It must
             satisfy the condition:
             N(AB(i,1)) <= NAB(i,1) <= NAB(i,2) <= N(AB(i,2)),
             which means that in interval i only eigenvalues
             NAB(i,1)+1,...,NAB(i,2) will be considered.  Usually,
             NAB(i,j)=N(AB(i,j)), from a previous call to DLAEBZ with
             IJOB=1.
             On output, NAB(i,j) will contain
             max(na(k),min(nb(k),N(AB(i,j)))), where k is the index of
             the input interval that the output interval
             (AB(j,1),AB(j,2)] came from, and na(k) and nb(k) are the
             the input values of NAB(k,1) and NAB(k,2).
          If IJOB=3, then on output, NAB(i,j) contains N(AB(i,j)),
             unless N(w) > NVAL(i) for all search points  w , in which
             case NAB(i,1) will not be modified, i.e., the output
             value will be the same as the input value (modulo
             reorderings -- see NVAL and AB), or unless N(w) < NVAL(i)
             for all search points  w , in which case NAB(i,2) will
             not be modified.  Normally, NAB should be set to some
             distinctive value(s) before DLAEBZ is called.

WORK

          WORK is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (MMAX)
          Workspace.

IWORK

          IWORK is INTEGER array, dimension (MMAX)
          Workspace.

INFO

          INFO is INTEGER
          = 0:       All intervals converged.
          = 1--MMAX: The last INFO intervals did not converge.
          = MMAX+1:  More than MMAX intervals were generated.

Author:

Univ. of Tennessee

Univ. of California Berkeley

Univ. of Colorado Denver

NAG Ltd.

Date:

: September 2012

Further Details:

      This routine is intended to be called only by other LAPACK
  routines, thus the interface is less user-friendly.  It is intended
  for two purposes:
  (a) finding eigenvalues.  In this case, DLAEBZ should have one or
      more initial intervals set up in AB, and DLAEBZ should be called
      with IJOB=1.  This sets up NAB, and also counts the eigenvalues.
      Intervals with no eigenvalues would usually be thrown out at
      this point.  Also, if not all the eigenvalues in an interval i
      are desired, NAB(i,1) can be increased or NAB(i,2) decreased.
      For example, set NAB(i,1)=NAB(i,2)-1 to get the largest
      eigenvalue.  DLAEBZ is then called with IJOB=2 and MMAX
      no smaller than the value of MOUT returned by the call with
      IJOB=1.  After this (IJOB=2) call, eigenvalues NAB(i,1)+1
      through NAB(i,2) are approximately AB(i,1) (or AB(i,2)) to the
      tolerance specified by ABSTOL and RELTOL.
  (b) finding an interval (a',b'] containing eigenvalues w(f),...,w(l).
      In this case, start with a Gershgorin interval  (a,b).  Set up
      AB to contain 2 search intervals, both initially (a,b).  One
      NVAL element should contain  f-1  and the other should contain  l
      , while C should contain a and b, resp.  NAB(i,1) should be -1
      and NAB(i,2) should be N+1, to flag an error if the desired
      interval does not lie in (a,b).  DLAEBZ is then called with
      IJOB=3.  On exit, if w(f-1) < w(f), then one of the intervals --
      j -- will have AB(j,1)=AB(j,2) and NAB(j,1)=NAB(j,2)=f-1, while
      if, to the specified tolerance, w(f-k)=...=w(f+r), k > 0 and r
      >= 0, then the interval will have  N(AB(j,1))=NAB(j,1)=f-k and
      N(AB(j,2))=NAB(j,2)=f+r.  The cases w(l) < w(l+1) and
      w(l-r)=...=w(l+k) are handled similarly.

subroutine dlaev2 (double precision A, double precision B, double precision C, double precision RT1, double precision RT2, double precision CS1, double precision SN1)

DLAEV2 computes the eigenvalues and eigenvectors of a 2-by-2 symmetric/Hermitian matrix.

Purpose:

 DLAEV2 computes the eigendecomposition of a 2-by-2 symmetric matrix
    [  A   B  ]
    [  B   C  ].
 On return, RT1 is the eigenvalue of larger absolute value, RT2 is the
 eigenvalue of smaller absolute value, and (CS1,SN1) is the unit right
 eigenvector for RT1, giving the decomposition
    [ CS1  SN1 ] [  A   B  ] [ CS1 -SN1 ]  =  [ RT1  0  ]
    [-SN1  CS1 ] [  B   C  ] [ SN1  CS1 ]     [  0  RT2 ].

Parameters:

          A is DOUBLE PRECISION
          The (1,1) element of the 2-by-2 matrix.

          B is DOUBLE PRECISION
          The (1,2) element and the conjugate of the (2,1) element of
          the 2-by-2 matrix.

          C is DOUBLE PRECISION
          The (2,2) element of the 2-by-2 matrix.

RT1

          RT1 is DOUBLE PRECISION
          The eigenvalue of larger absolute value.

RT2

          RT2 is DOUBLE PRECISION
          The eigenvalue of smaller absolute value.

CS1

          CS1 is DOUBLE PRECISION

SN1

          SN1 is DOUBLE PRECISION
          The vector (CS1, SN1) is a unit right eigenvector for RT1.

Author:

Univ. of Tennessee

Univ. of California Berkeley

Univ. of Colorado Denver

NAG Ltd.

Date:

: September 2012

Further Details:

  RT1 is accurate to a few ulps barring over/underflow.
  RT2 may be inaccurate if there is massive cancellation in the
  determinant A*C-B*B; higher precision or correctly rounded or
  correctly truncated arithmetic would be needed to compute RT2
  accurately in all cases.
  CS1 and SN1 are accurate to a few ulps barring over/underflow.
  Overflow is possible only if RT1 is within a factor of 5 of overflow.
  Underflow is harmless if the input data is 0 or exceeds
     underflow_threshold / macheps.

subroutine dlagts (integer JOB, integer N, double precision, dimension( * ) A, double precision, dimension( * ) B, double precision, dimension( * ) C, double precision, dimension( * ) D, integer, dimension( * ) IN, double precision, dimension( * ) Y, double precision TOL, integer INFO)

DLAGTS solves the system of equations (T-λI)x = y or (T-λI)Tx = y,where T is a general tridiagonal matrix and λ a scalar, using the LU factorization computed by slagtf.

Purpose:

 DLAGTS may be used to solve one of the systems of equations
    (T - lambda*I)*x = y   or   (T - lambda*I)**T*x = y,
 where T is an n by n tridiagonal matrix, for x, following the
 factorization of (T - lambda*I) as
    (T - lambda*I) = P*L*U ,
 by routine DLAGTF. The choice of equation to be solved is
 controlled by the argument JOB, and in each case there is an option
 to perturb zero or very small diagonal elements of U, this option
 being intended for use in applications such as inverse iteration.

Parameters:

JOB

          JOB is INTEGER
          Specifies the job to be performed by DLAGTS as follows:
          =  1: The equations  (T - lambda*I)x = y  are to be solved,
                but diagonal elements of U are not to be perturbed.
          = -1: The equations  (T - lambda*I)x = y  are to be solved
                and, if overflow would otherwise occur, the diagonal
                elements of U are to be perturbed. See argument TOL
                below.
          =  2: The equations  (T - lambda*I)**Tx = y  are to be solved,
                but diagonal elements of U are not to be perturbed.
          = -2: The equations  (T - lambda*I)**Tx = y  are to be solved
                and, if overflow would otherwise occur, the diagonal
                elements of U are to be perturbed. See argument TOL
                below.

          N is INTEGER
          The order of the matrix T.

          A is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N)
          On entry, A must contain the diagonal elements of U as
          returned from DLAGTF.

          B is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N-1)
          On entry, B must contain the first super-diagonal elements of
          U as returned from DLAGTF.

          C is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N-1)
          On entry, C must contain the sub-diagonal elements of L as
          returned from DLAGTF.

          D is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N-2)
          On entry, D must contain the second super-diagonal elements
          of U as returned from DLAGTF.

          IN is INTEGER array, dimension (N)
          On entry, IN must contain details of the matrix P as returned
          from DLAGTF.

          Y is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N)
          On entry, the right hand side vector y.
          On exit, Y is overwritten by the solution vector x.

TOL

          TOL is DOUBLE PRECISION
          On entry, with  JOB .lt. 0, TOL should be the minimum
          perturbation to be made to very small diagonal elements of U.
          TOL should normally be chosen as about eps*norm(U), where eps
          is the relative machine precision, but if TOL is supplied as
          non-positive, then it is reset to eps*max( abs( u(i,j) ) ).
          If  JOB .gt. 0  then TOL is not referenced.
          On exit, TOL is changed as described above, only if TOL is
          non-positive on entry. Otherwise TOL is unchanged.

INFO

          INFO is INTEGER
          = 0   : successful exit
          .lt. 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value
          .gt. 0: overflow would occur when computing the INFO(th)
                  element of the solution vector x. This can only occur
                  when JOB is supplied as positive and either means
                  that a diagonal element of U is very small, or that
                  the elements of the right-hand side vector y are very
                  large.

Author:

Univ. of Tennessee

Univ. of California Berkeley

Univ. of Colorado Denver

NAG Ltd.

Date:

: September 2012

logical function dlaisnan (double precision DIN1, double precision DIN2)

DLAISNAN tests input for NaN by comparing two arguments for inequality.

Purpose:

 This routine is not for general use.  It exists solely to avoid
 over-optimization in DISNAN.
 DLAISNAN checks for NaNs by comparing its two arguments for
 inequality.  NaN is the only floating-point value where NaN != NaN
 returns .TRUE.  To check for NaNs, pass the same variable as both
 arguments.
 A compiler must assume that the two arguments are
 not the same variable, and the test will not be optimized away.
 Interprocedural or whole-program optimization may delete this
 test.  The ISNAN functions will be replaced by the correct
 Fortran 03 intrinsic once the intrinsic is widely available.

Parameters:

DIN1

          DIN1 is DOUBLE PRECISION

DIN2

          DIN2 is DOUBLE PRECISION
          Two numbers to compare for inequality.

Author:

Univ. of Tennessee

Univ. of California Berkeley

Univ. of Colorado Denver

NAG Ltd.

Date:

: September 2012

subroutine dlamc1 (integer BETA, integer T, logical RND, logical IEEE1)

DLAMC1 Purpose:

 DLAMC1 determines the machine parameters given by BETA, T, RND, and
 IEEE1.

Parameters:

BETA

          The base of the machine.

          The number of ( BETA ) digits in the mantissa.

RND

          Specifies whether proper rounding  ( RND = .TRUE. )  or
          chopping  ( RND = .FALSE. )  occurs in addition. This may not
          be a reliable guide to the way in which the machine performs
          its arithmetic.

IEEE1

          Specifies whether rounding appears to be done in the IEEE
          'round to nearest' style.

Author:

: LAPACK is a software package provided by Univ. of Tennessee, Univ. of California Berkeley, Univ. of Colorado Denver and NAG Ltd..

Date:

: April 2012

Further Details

  The routine is based on the routine  ENVRON  by Malcolm and
  incorporates suggestions by Gentleman and Marovich. See
     Malcolm M. A. (1972) Algorithms to reveal properties of
        floating-point arithmetic. Comms. of the ACM, 15, 949-951.
     Gentleman W. M. and Marovich S. B. (1974) More on algorithms
        that reveal properties of floating point arithmetic units.
        Comms. of the ACM, 17, 276-277.

subroutine dlamc2 (integer BETA, integer T, logical RND, double precision EPS, integer EMIN, double precision RMIN, integer EMAX, double precision RMAX)

DLAMC2 Purpose:

 DLAMC2 determines the machine parameters specified in its argument
 list.

Author:

: LAPACK is a software package provided by Univ. of Tennessee, Univ. of California Berkeley, Univ. of Colorado Denver and NAG Ltd..

Date:

: April 2012

Parameters:

BETA

          The base of the machine.

          The number of ( BETA ) digits in the mantissa.

RND

          Specifies whether proper rounding  ( RND = .TRUE. )  or
          chopping  ( RND = .FALSE. )  occurs in addition. This may not
          be a reliable guide to the way in which the machine performs
          its arithmetic.

EPS

          The smallest positive number such that
             fl( 1.0 - EPS ) .LT. 1.0,
          where fl denotes the computed value.

EMIN

          The minimum exponent before (gradual) underflow occurs.

RMIN

          The smallest normalized number for the machine, given by
          BASE**( EMIN - 1 ), where  BASE  is the floating point value
          of BETA.

EMAX

          The maximum exponent before overflow occurs.

RMAX

          The largest positive number for the machine, given by
          BASE**EMAX * ( 1 - EPS ), where  BASE  is the floating point
          value of BETA.

Further Details

  The computation of  EPS  is based on a routine PARANOIA by
  W. Kahan of the University of California at Berkeley.

double precision function dlamc3 (double precision A, double precision B)

DLAMC3 Purpose:

 DLAMC3  is intended to force  A  and  B  to be stored prior to doing
 the addition of  A  and  B ,  for use in situations where optimizers
 might hold one of these in a register.

Author:

: LAPACK is a software package provided by Univ. of Tennessee, Univ. of California Berkeley, Univ. of Colorado Denver and NAG Ltd..

Date:

: November 2015

Parameters:

          A is a DOUBLE PRECISION

          B is a DOUBLE PRECISION
          The values A and B.

double precision function dlamch (character CMACH)

DLAMCH DLAMCHF77 deprecated

Purpose:

 DLAMCH determines double precision machine parameters.

Parameters:

CMACH

          Specifies the value to be returned by DLAMCH:
          = 'E' or 'e',   DLAMCH := eps
          = 'S' or 's ,   DLAMCH := sfmin
          = 'B' or 'b',   DLAMCH := base
          = 'P' or 'p',   DLAMCH := eps*base
          = 'N' or 'n',   DLAMCH := t
          = 'R' or 'r',   DLAMCH := rnd
          = 'M' or 'm',   DLAMCH := emin
          = 'U' or 'u',   DLAMCH := rmin
          = 'L' or 'l',   DLAMCH := emax
          = 'O' or 'o',   DLAMCH := rmax
          where
          eps   = relative machine precision
          sfmin = safe minimum, such that 1/sfmin does not overflow
          base  = base of the machine
          prec  = eps*base
          t     = number of (base) digits in the mantissa
          rnd   = 1.0 when rounding occurs in addition, 0.0 otherwise
          emin  = minimum exponent before (gradual) underflow
          rmin  = underflow threshold - base**(emin-1)
          emax  = largest exponent before overflow
          rmax  = overflow threshold  - (base**emax)*(1-eps)

Author:

Univ. of Tennessee

Univ. of California Berkeley

Univ. of Colorado Denver

NAG Ltd.

Date:

: November 2015

Purpose:

 DLAMCHF77 determines double precision machine parameters.

Parameters:

CMACH

          Specifies the value to be returned by DLAMCH:
          = 'E' or 'e',   DLAMCH := eps
          = 'S' or 's ,   DLAMCH := sfmin
          = 'B' or 'b',   DLAMCH := base
          = 'P' or 'p',   DLAMCH := eps*base
          = 'N' or 'n',   DLAMCH := t
          = 'R' or 'r',   DLAMCH := rnd
          = 'M' or 'm',   DLAMCH := emin
          = 'U' or 'u',   DLAMCH := rmin
          = 'L' or 'l',   DLAMCH := emax
          = 'O' or 'o',   DLAMCH := rmax
          where
          eps   = relative machine precision
          sfmin = safe minimum, such that 1/sfmin does not overflow
          base  = base of the machine
          prec  = eps*base
          t     = number of (base) digits in the mantissa
          rnd   = 1.0 when rounding occurs in addition, 0.0 otherwise
          emin  = minimum exponent before (gradual) underflow
          rmin  = underflow threshold - base**(emin-1)
          emax  = largest exponent before overflow
          rmax  = overflow threshold  - (base**emax)*(1-eps)

Author:

Univ. of Tennessee

Univ. of California Berkeley

Univ. of Colorado Denver

NAG Ltd.

Date:

: April 2012

integer function dlaneg (integer N, double precision, dimension( * ) D, double precision, dimension( * ) LLD, double precision SIGMA, double precision PIVMIN, integer R)

DLANEG computes the Sturm count.

Purpose:

 DLANEG computes the Sturm count, the number of negative pivots
 encountered while factoring tridiagonal T - sigma I = L D L^T.
 This implementation works directly on the factors without forming
 the tridiagonal matrix T.  The Sturm count is also the number of
 eigenvalues of T less than sigma.
 This routine is called from DLARRB.
 The current routine does not use the PIVMIN parameter but rather
 requires IEEE-754 propagation of Infinities and NaNs.  This
 routine also has no input range restrictions but does require
 default exception handling such that x/0 produces Inf when x is
 non-zero, and Inf/Inf produces NaN.  For more information, see:
   Marques, Riedy, and Voemel, "Benefits of IEEE-754 Features in
   Modern Symmetric Tridiagonal Eigensolvers," SIAM Journal on
   Scientific Computing, v28, n5, 2006.  DOI 10.1137/050641624
   (Tech report version in LAWN 172 with the same title.)

Parameters:

          N is INTEGER
          The order of the matrix.

          D is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N)
          The N diagonal elements of the diagonal matrix D.

LLD

          LLD is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N-1)
          The (N-1) elements L(i)*L(i)*D(i).

SIGMA

          SIGMA is DOUBLE PRECISION
          Shift amount in T - sigma I = L D L^T.

PIVMIN

          PIVMIN is DOUBLE PRECISION
          The minimum pivot in the Sturm sequence.  May be used
          when zero pivots are encountered on non-IEEE-754
          architectures.

          R is INTEGER
          The twist index for the twisted factorization that is used
          for the negcount.

Author:

Univ. of Tennessee

Univ. of California Berkeley

Univ. of Colorado Denver

NAG Ltd.

Date:

: September 2012

Contributors:

: Osni Marques, LBNL/NERSC, USA

Christof Voemel, University of California, Berkeley, USA

Jason Riedy, University of California, Berkeley, USA

double precision function dlanst (character NORM, integer N, double precision, dimension( * ) D, double precision, dimension( * ) E)

DLANST returns the value of the 1-norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of a real symmetric tridiagonal matrix.

Purpose:

 DLANST  returns the value of the one norm,  or the Frobenius norm, or
 the  infinity norm,  or the  element of  largest absolute value  of a
 real symmetric tridiagonal matrix A.

Returns:

DLANST

    DLANST = ( max(abs(A(i,j))), NORM = 'M' or 'm'
             (
             ( norm1(A),         NORM = '1', 'O' or 'o'
             (
             ( normI(A),         NORM = 'I' or 'i'
             (
             ( normF(A),         NORM = 'F', 'f', 'E' or 'e'
 where  norm1  denotes the  one norm of a matrix (maximum column sum),
 normI  denotes the  infinity norm  of a matrix  (maximum row sum) and
 normF  denotes the  Frobenius norm of a matrix (square root of sum of
 squares).  Note that  max(abs(A(i,j)))  is not a consistent matrix norm.

Parameters:

NORM

          NORM is CHARACTER*1
          Specifies the value to be returned in DLANST as described
          above.

          N is INTEGER
          The order of the matrix A.  N >= 0.  When N = 0, DLANST is
          set to zero.

          D is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N)
          The diagonal elements of A.

          E is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N-1)
          The (n-1) sub-diagonal or super-diagonal elements of A.

Author:

Univ. of Tennessee

Univ. of California Berkeley

Univ. of Colorado Denver

NAG Ltd.

Date:

: September 2012

double precision function dlapy2 (double precision X, double precision Y)

DLAPY2 returns sqrt(x2+y2).

Purpose:

 DLAPY2 returns sqrt(x**2+y**2), taking care not to cause unnecessary
 overflow.

Parameters:

          X is DOUBLE PRECISION

          Y is DOUBLE PRECISION
          X and Y specify the values x and y.

Author:

Univ. of Tennessee

Univ. of California Berkeley

Univ. of Colorado Denver

NAG Ltd.

Date:

: September 2012

double precision function dlapy3 (double precision X, double precision Y, double precision Z)

DLAPY3 returns sqrt(x2+y2+z2).

Purpose:

 DLAPY3 returns sqrt(x**2+y**2+z**2), taking care not to cause
 unnecessary overflow.

Parameters:

          X is DOUBLE PRECISION

          Y is DOUBLE PRECISION

          Z is DOUBLE PRECISION
          X, Y and Z specify the values x, y and z.

Author:

Univ. of Tennessee

Univ. of California Berkeley

Univ. of Colorado Denver

NAG Ltd.

Date:

: September 2012

subroutine dlarnv (integer IDIST, integer, dimension( 4 ) ISEED, integer N, double precision, dimension( * ) X)

DLARNV returns a vector of random numbers from a uniform or normal distribution.

Purpose:

 DLARNV returns a vector of n random real numbers from a uniform or
 normal distribution.

Parameters:

IDIST

          IDIST is INTEGER
          Specifies the distribution of the random numbers:
          = 1:  uniform (0,1)
          = 2:  uniform (-1,1)
          = 3:  normal (0,1)

ISEED

          ISEED is INTEGER array, dimension (4)
          On entry, the seed of the random number generator; the array
          elements must be between 0 and 4095, and ISEED(4) must be
          odd.
          On exit, the seed is updated.

          N is INTEGER
          The number of random numbers to be generated.

          X is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N)
          The generated random numbers.

Author:

Univ. of Tennessee

Univ. of California Berkeley

Univ. of Colorado Denver

NAG Ltd.

Date:

: September 2012

Further Details:

  This routine calls the auxiliary routine DLARUV to generate random
  real numbers from a uniform (0,1) distribution, in batches of up to
  128 using vectorisable code. The Box-Muller method is used to
  transform numbers from a uniform to a normal distribution.

subroutine dlarra (integer N, double precision, dimension( * ) D, double precision, dimension( * ) E, double precision, dimension( * ) E2, double precision SPLTOL, double precision TNRM, integer NSPLIT, integer, dimension( * ) ISPLIT, integer INFO)

DLARRA computes the splitting points with the specified threshold.

Purpose:

 Compute the splitting points with threshold SPLTOL.
 DLARRA sets any "small" off-diagonal elements to zero.

Parameters:

          N is INTEGER
          The order of the matrix. N > 0.

          D is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N)
          On entry, the N diagonal elements of the tridiagonal
          matrix T.

          E is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N)
          On entry, the first (N-1) entries contain the subdiagonal
          elements of the tridiagonal matrix T; E(N) need not be set.
          On exit, the entries E( ISPLIT( I ) ), 1 <= I <= NSPLIT,
          are set to zero, the other entries of E are untouched.

          E2 is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N)
          On entry, the first (N-1) entries contain the SQUARES of the
          subdiagonal elements of the tridiagonal matrix T;
          E2(N) need not be set.
          On exit, the entries E2( ISPLIT( I ) ),
          1 <= I <= NSPLIT, have been set to zero

SPLTOL

          SPLTOL is DOUBLE PRECISION
          The threshold for splitting. Two criteria can be used:
          SPLTOL<0 : criterion based on absolute off-diagonal value
          SPLTOL>0 : criterion that preserves relative accuracy

TNRM

          TNRM is DOUBLE PRECISION
          The norm of the matrix.

NSPLIT

          NSPLIT is INTEGER
          The number of blocks T splits into. 1 <= NSPLIT <= N.

ISPLIT

          ISPLIT is INTEGER array, dimension (N)
          The splitting points, at which T breaks up into blocks.
          The first block consists of rows/columns 1 to ISPLIT(1),
          the second of rows/columns ISPLIT(1)+1 through ISPLIT(2),
          etc., and the NSPLIT-th consists of rows/columns
          ISPLIT(NSPLIT-1)+1 through ISPLIT(NSPLIT)=N.

INFO

          INFO is INTEGER
          = 0:  successful exit

Author:

Univ. of Tennessee

Univ. of California Berkeley

Univ. of Colorado Denver

NAG Ltd.

Date:

: September 2012

Contributors:

: Beresford Parlett, University of California, Berkeley, USA

Jim Demmel, University of California, Berkeley, USA

Inderjit Dhillon, University of Texas, Austin, USA

Osni Marques, LBNL/NERSC, USA

Christof Voemel, University of California, Berkeley, USA

subroutine dlarrb (integer N, double precision, dimension( * ) D, double precision, dimension( * ) LLD, integer IFIRST, integer ILAST, double precision RTOL1, double precision RTOL2, integer OFFSET, double precision, dimension( * ) W, double precision, dimension( * ) WGAP, double precision, dimension( * ) WERR, double precision, dimension( * ) WORK, integer, dimension( * ) IWORK, double precision PIVMIN, double precision SPDIAM, integer TWIST, integer INFO)

DLARRB provides limited bisection to locate eigenvalues for more accuracy.

Purpose:

 Given the relatively robust representation(RRR) L D L^T, DLARRB
 does "limited" bisection to refine the eigenvalues of L D L^T,
 W( IFIRST-OFFSET ) through W( ILAST-OFFSET ), to more accuracy. Initial
 guesses for these eigenvalues are input in W, the corresponding estimate
 of the error in these guesses and their gaps are input in WERR
 and WGAP, respectively. During bisection, intervals
 [left, right] are maintained by storing their mid-points and
 semi-widths in the arrays W and WERR respectively.

Parameters:

          N is INTEGER
          The order of the matrix.

          D is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N)
          The N diagonal elements of the diagonal matrix D.

LLD

          LLD is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N-1)
          The (N-1) elements L(i)*L(i)*D(i).

IFIRST

          IFIRST is INTEGER
          The index of the first eigenvalue to be computed.

ILAST

          ILAST is INTEGER
          The index of the last eigenvalue to be computed.

RTOL1

          RTOL1 is DOUBLE PRECISION

RTOL2

          RTOL2 is DOUBLE PRECISION
          Tolerance for the convergence of the bisection intervals.
          An interval [LEFT,RIGHT] has converged if
          RIGHT-LEFT.LT.MAX( RTOL1*GAP, RTOL2*MAX(|LEFT|,|RIGHT|) )
          where GAP is the (estimated) distance to the nearest
          eigenvalue.

OFFSET

          OFFSET is INTEGER
          Offset for the arrays W, WGAP and WERR, i.e., the IFIRST-OFFSET
          through ILAST-OFFSET elements of these arrays are to be used.

          W is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N)
          On input, W( IFIRST-OFFSET ) through W( ILAST-OFFSET ) are
          estimates of the eigenvalues of L D L^T indexed IFIRST throug
          ILAST.
          On output, these estimates are refined.

WGAP

          WGAP is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N-1)
          On input, the (estimated) gaps between consecutive
          eigenvalues of L D L^T, i.e., WGAP(I-OFFSET) is the gap between
          eigenvalues I and I+1. Note that if IFIRST.EQ.ILAST
          then WGAP(IFIRST-OFFSET) must be set to ZERO.
          On output, these gaps are refined.

WERR

          WERR is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N)
          On input, WERR( IFIRST-OFFSET ) through WERR( ILAST-OFFSET ) are
          the errors in the estimates of the corresponding elements in W.
          On output, these errors are refined.

WORK

          WORK is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (2*N)
          Workspace.

IWORK

          IWORK is INTEGER array, dimension (2*N)
          Workspace.

PIVMIN

          PIVMIN is DOUBLE PRECISION
          The minimum pivot in the Sturm sequence.

SPDIAM

          SPDIAM is DOUBLE PRECISION
          The spectral diameter of the matrix.

TWIST

          TWIST is INTEGER
          The twist index for the twisted factorization that is used
          for the negcount.
          TWIST = N: Compute negcount from L D L^T - LAMBDA I = L+ D+ L+^T
          TWIST = 1: Compute negcount from L D L^T - LAMBDA I = U- D- U-^T
          TWIST = R: Compute negcount from L D L^T - LAMBDA I = N(r) D(r) N(r)

INFO

          INFO is INTEGER
          Error flag.

Author:

Univ. of Tennessee

Univ. of California Berkeley

Univ. of Colorado Denver

NAG Ltd.

Date:

: September 2012

Contributors:

: Beresford Parlett, University of California, Berkeley, USA

Jim Demmel, University of California, Berkeley, USA

Inderjit Dhillon, University of Texas, Austin, USA

Osni Marques, LBNL/NERSC, USA

Christof Voemel, University of California, Berkeley, USA

subroutine dlarrc (character JOBT, integer N, double precision VL, double precision VU, double precision, dimension( * ) D, double precision, dimension( * ) E, double precision PIVMIN, integer EIGCNT, integer LCNT, integer RCNT, integer INFO)

DLARRC computes the number of eigenvalues of the symmetric tridiagonal matrix.

Purpose:

 Find the number of eigenvalues of the symmetric tridiagonal matrix T
 that are in the interval (VL,VU] if JOBT = 'T', and of L D L^T
 if JOBT = 'L'.

Parameters:

JOBT

          JOBT is CHARACTER*1
          = 'T':  Compute Sturm count for matrix T.
          = 'L':  Compute Sturm count for matrix L D L^T.

          N is INTEGER
          The order of the matrix. N > 0.

          VL is DOUBLE PRECISION
          The lower bound for the eigenvalues.

          VU is DOUBLE PRECISION
          The upper bound for the eigenvalues.

          D is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N)
          JOBT = 'T': The N diagonal elements of the tridiagonal matrix T.
          JOBT = 'L': The N diagonal elements of the diagonal matrix D.

          E is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N)
          JOBT = 'T': The N-1 offdiagonal elements of the matrix T.
          JOBT = 'L': The N-1 offdiagonal elements of the matrix L.

PIVMIN

          PIVMIN is DOUBLE PRECISION
          The minimum pivot in the Sturm sequence for T.

EIGCNT

          EIGCNT is INTEGER
          The number of eigenvalues of the symmetric tridiagonal matrix T
          that are in the interval (VL,VU]

LCNT

          LCNT is INTEGER

RCNT

          RCNT is INTEGER
          The left and right negcounts of the interval.

INFO

          INFO is INTEGER

Author:

Univ. of Tennessee

Univ. of California Berkeley

Univ. of Colorado Denver

NAG Ltd.

Date:

: June 2016

Contributors:

: Beresford Parlett, University of California, Berkeley, USA

Jim Demmel, University of California, Berkeley, USA

Inderjit Dhillon, University of Texas, Austin, USA

Osni Marques, LBNL/NERSC, USA

Christof Voemel, University of California, Berkeley, USA

subroutine dlarrd (character RANGE, character ORDER, integer N, double precision VL, double precision VU, integer IL, integer IU, double precision, dimension( * ) GERS, double precision RELTOL, double precision, dimension( * ) D, double precision, dimension( * ) E, double precision, dimension( * ) E2, double precision PIVMIN, integer NSPLIT, integer, dimension( * ) ISPLIT, integer M, double precision, dimension( * ) W, double precision, dimension( * ) WERR, double precision WL, double precision WU, integer, dimension( * ) IBLOCK, integer, dimension( * ) INDEXW, double precision, dimension( * ) WORK, integer, dimension( * ) IWORK, integer INFO)

DLARRD computes the eigenvalues of a symmetric tridiagonal matrix to suitable accuracy.

Purpose:

 DLARRD computes the eigenvalues of a symmetric tridiagonal
 matrix T to suitable accuracy. This is an auxiliary code to be
 called from DSTEMR.
 The user may ask for all eigenvalues, all eigenvalues
 in the half-open interval (VL, VU], or the IL-th through IU-th
 eigenvalues.
 To avoid overflow, the matrix must be scaled so that its
 largest element is no greater than overflow**(1/2) * underflow**(1/4) in absolute value, and for greatest
 accuracy, it should not be much smaller than that.
 See W. Kahan "Accurate Eigenvalues of a Symmetric Tridiagonal
 Matrix", Report CS41, Computer Science Dept., Stanford
 University, July 21, 1966.

Parameters:

RANGE

          RANGE is CHARACTER*1
          = 'A': ("All")   all eigenvalues will be found.
          = 'V': ("Value") all eigenvalues in the half-open interval
                           (VL, VU] will be found.
          = 'I': ("Index") the IL-th through IU-th eigenvalues (of the
                           entire matrix) will be found.

ORDER

          ORDER is CHARACTER*1
          = 'B': ("By Block") the eigenvalues will be grouped by
                              split-off block (see IBLOCK, ISPLIT) and
                              ordered from smallest to largest within
                              the block.
          = 'E': ("Entire matrix")
                              the eigenvalues for the entire matrix
                              will be ordered from smallest to
                              largest.

          N is INTEGER
          The order of the tridiagonal matrix T.  N >= 0.

          VL is DOUBLE PRECISION
          If RANGE='V', the lower bound of the interval to
          be searched for eigenvalues.  Eigenvalues less than or equal
          to VL, or greater than VU, will not be returned.  VL < VU.
          Not referenced if RANGE = 'A' or 'I'.

          VU is DOUBLE PRECISION
          If RANGE='V', the upper bound of the interval to
          be searched for eigenvalues.  Eigenvalues less than or equal
          to VL, or greater than VU, will not be returned.  VL < VU.
          Not referenced if RANGE = 'A' or 'I'.

          IL is INTEGER
          If RANGE='I', the index of the
          smallest eigenvalue to be returned.
          1 <= IL <= IU <= N, if N > 0; IL = 1 and IU = 0 if N = 0.
          Not referenced if RANGE = 'A' or 'V'.

          IU is INTEGER
          If RANGE='I', the index of the
          largest eigenvalue to be returned.
          1 <= IL <= IU <= N, if N > 0; IL = 1 and IU = 0 if N = 0.
          Not referenced if RANGE = 'A' or 'V'.

GERS

          GERS is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (2*N)
          The N Gerschgorin intervals (the i-th Gerschgorin interval
          is (GERS(2*i-1), GERS(2*i)).

RELTOL

          RELTOL is DOUBLE PRECISION
          The minimum relative width of an interval.  When an interval
          is narrower than RELTOL times the larger (in
          magnitude) endpoint, then it is considered to be
          sufficiently small, i.e., converged.  Note: this should
          always be at least radix*machine epsilon.

          D is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N)
          The n diagonal elements of the tridiagonal matrix T.

          E is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N-1)
          The (n-1) off-diagonal elements of the tridiagonal matrix T.

          E2 is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N-1)
          The (n-1) squared off-diagonal elements of the tridiagonal matrix T.

PIVMIN

          PIVMIN is DOUBLE PRECISION
          The minimum pivot allowed in the Sturm sequence for T.

NSPLIT

          NSPLIT is INTEGER
          The number of diagonal blocks in the matrix T.
          1 <= NSPLIT <= N.

ISPLIT

          ISPLIT is INTEGER array, dimension (N)
          The splitting points, at which T breaks up into submatrices.
          The first submatrix consists of rows/columns 1 to ISPLIT(1),
          the second of rows/columns ISPLIT(1)+1 through ISPLIT(2),
          etc., and the NSPLIT-th consists of rows/columns
          ISPLIT(NSPLIT-1)+1 through ISPLIT(NSPLIT)=N.
          (Only the first NSPLIT elements will actually be used, but
          since the user cannot know a priori what value NSPLIT will
          have, N words must be reserved for ISPLIT.)

          M is INTEGER
          The actual number of eigenvalues found. 0 <= M <= N.
          (See also the description of INFO=2,3.)

          W is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N)
          On exit, the first M elements of W will contain the
          eigenvalue approximations. DLARRD computes an interval
          I_j = (a_j, b_j] that includes eigenvalue j. The eigenvalue
          approximation is given as the interval midpoint
          W(j)= ( a_j + b_j)/2. The corresponding error is bounded by
          WERR(j) = abs( a_j - b_j)/2

WERR

          WERR is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N)
          The error bound on the corresponding eigenvalue approximation
          in W.

          WL is DOUBLE PRECISION

          WU is DOUBLE PRECISION
          The interval (WL, WU] contains all the wanted eigenvalues.
          If RANGE='V', then WL=VL and WU=VU.
          If RANGE='A', then WL and WU are the global Gerschgorin bounds
                        on the spectrum.
          If RANGE='I', then WL and WU are computed by DLAEBZ from the
                        index range specified.

IBLOCK

          IBLOCK is INTEGER array, dimension (N)
          At each row/column j where E(j) is zero or small, the
          matrix T is considered to split into a block diagonal
          matrix.  On exit, if INFO = 0, IBLOCK(i) specifies to which
          block (from 1 to the number of blocks) the eigenvalue W(i)
          belongs.  (DLARRD may use the remaining N-M elements as
          workspace.)

INDEXW

          INDEXW is INTEGER array, dimension (N)
          The indices of the eigenvalues within each block (submatrix);
          for example, INDEXW(i)= j and IBLOCK(i)=k imply that the
          i-th eigenvalue W(i) is the j-th eigenvalue in block k.

WORK

          WORK is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (4*N)

IWORK

          IWORK is INTEGER array, dimension (3*N)

INFO

          INFO is INTEGER
          = 0:  successful exit
          < 0:  if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value
          > 0:  some or all of the eigenvalues failed to converge or
                were not computed:
                =1 or 3: Bisection failed to converge for some
                        eigenvalues; these eigenvalues are flagged by a
                        negative block number.  The effect is that the
                        eigenvalues may not be as accurate as the
                        absolute and relative tolerances.  This is
                        generally caused by unexpectedly inaccurate
                        arithmetic.
                =2 or 3: RANGE='I' only: Not all of the eigenvalues
                        IL:IU were found.
                        Effect: M < IU+1-IL
                        Cause:  non-monotonic arithmetic, causing the
                                Sturm sequence to be non-monotonic.
                        Cure:   recalculate, using RANGE='A', and pick
                                out eigenvalues IL:IU.  In some cases,
                                increasing the PARAMETER "FUDGE" may
                                make things work.
                = 4:    RANGE='I', and the Gershgorin interval
                        initially used was too small.  No eigenvalues
                        were computed.
                        Probable cause: your machine has sloppy
                                        floating-point arithmetic.
                        Cure: Increase the PARAMETER "FUDGE",
                              recompile, and try again.

Internal Parameters:

  FUDGE   DOUBLE PRECISION, default = 2
          A "fudge factor" to widen the Gershgorin intervals.  Ideally,
          a value of 1 should work, but on machines with sloppy
          arithmetic, this needs to be larger.  The default for
          publicly released versions should be large enough to handle
          the worst machine around.  Note that this has no effect
          on accuracy of the solution.

Contributors:

: W. Kahan, University of California, Berkeley, USA

Beresford Parlett, University of California, Berkeley, USA

Jim Demmel, University of California, Berkeley, USA

Inderjit Dhillon, University of Texas, Austin, USA

Osni Marques, LBNL/NERSC, USA

Christof Voemel, University of California, Berkeley, USA

Author:

Univ. of Tennessee

Univ. of California Berkeley

Univ. of Colorado Denver

NAG Ltd.

Date:

: June 2016

subroutine dlarre (character RANGE, integer N, double precision VL, double precision VU, integer IL, integer IU, double precision, dimension( * ) D, double precision, dimension( * ) E, double precision, dimension( * ) E2, double precision RTOL1, double precision RTOL2, double precision SPLTOL, integer NSPLIT, integer, dimension( * ) ISPLIT, integer M, double precision, dimension( * ) W, double precision, dimension( * ) WERR, double precision, dimension( * ) WGAP, integer, dimension( * ) IBLOCK, integer, dimension( * ) INDEXW, double precision, dimension( * ) GERS, double precision PIVMIN, double precision, dimension( * ) WORK, integer, dimension( * ) IWORK, integer INFO)

DLARRE given the tridiagonal matrix T, sets small off-diagonal elements to zero and for each unreduced block Ti, finds base representations and eigenvalues.

Purpose:

 To find the desired eigenvalues of a given real symmetric
 tridiagonal matrix T, DLARRE sets any "small" off-diagonal
 elements to zero, and for each unreduced block T_i, it finds
 (a) a suitable shift at one end of the block's spectrum,
 (b) the base representation, T_i - sigma_i I = L_i D_i L_i^T, and
 (c) eigenvalues of each L_i D_i L_i^T.
 The representations and eigenvalues found are then used by
 DSTEMR to compute the eigenvectors of T.
 The accuracy varies depending on whether bisection is used to
 find a few eigenvalues or the dqds algorithm (subroutine DLASQ2) to
 conpute all and then discard any unwanted one.
 As an added benefit, DLARRE also outputs the n
 Gerschgorin intervals for the matrices L_i D_i L_i^T.

Parameters:

RANGE

          RANGE is CHARACTER*1
          = 'A': ("All")   all eigenvalues will be found.
          = 'V': ("Value") all eigenvalues in the half-open interval
                           (VL, VU] will be found.
          = 'I': ("Index") the IL-th through IU-th eigenvalues (of the
                           entire matrix) will be found.

          N is INTEGER
          The order of the matrix. N > 0.

          VL is DOUBLE PRECISION
          If RANGE='V', the lower bound for the eigenvalues.
          Eigenvalues less than or equal to VL, or greater than VU,
          will not be returned.  VL < VU.
          If RANGE='I' or ='A', DLARRE computes bounds on the desired
          part of the spectrum.

          VU is DOUBLE PRECISION
          If RANGE='V', the upper bound for the eigenvalues.
          Eigenvalues less than or equal to VL, or greater than VU,
          will not be returned.  VL < VU.
          If RANGE='I' or ='A', DLARRE computes bounds on the desired
          part of the spectrum.

          IL is INTEGER
          If RANGE='I', the index of the
          smallest eigenvalue to be returned.
          1 <= IL <= IU <= N.

          IU is INTEGER
          If RANGE='I', the index of the
          largest eigenvalue to be returned.
          1 <= IL <= IU <= N.

          D is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N)
          On entry, the N diagonal elements of the tridiagonal
          matrix T.
          On exit, the N diagonal elements of the diagonal
          matrices D_i.

          E is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N)
          On entry, the first (N-1) entries contain the subdiagonal
          elements of the tridiagonal matrix T; E(N) need not be set.
          On exit, E contains the subdiagonal elements of the unit
          bidiagonal matrices L_i. The entries E( ISPLIT( I ) ),
          1 <= I <= NSPLIT, contain the base points sigma_i on output.

          E2 is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N)
          On entry, the first (N-1) entries contain the SQUARES of the
          subdiagonal elements of the tridiagonal matrix T;
          E2(N) need not be set.
          On exit, the entries E2( ISPLIT( I ) ),
          1 <= I <= NSPLIT, have been set to zero

RTOL1

          RTOL1 is DOUBLE PRECISION

RTOL2

          RTOL2 is DOUBLE PRECISION
           Parameters for bisection.
           An interval [LEFT,RIGHT] has converged if
           RIGHT-LEFT.LT.MAX( RTOL1*GAP, RTOL2*MAX(|LEFT|,|RIGHT|) )

SPLTOL

          SPLTOL is DOUBLE PRECISION
          The threshold for splitting.

NSPLIT

          NSPLIT is INTEGER
          The number of blocks T splits into. 1 <= NSPLIT <= N.

ISPLIT

          ISPLIT is INTEGER array, dimension (N)
          The splitting points, at which T breaks up into blocks.
          The first block consists of rows/columns 1 to ISPLIT(1),
          the second of rows/columns ISPLIT(1)+1 through ISPLIT(2),
          etc., and the NSPLIT-th consists of rows/columns
          ISPLIT(NSPLIT-1)+1 through ISPLIT(NSPLIT)=N.

          M is INTEGER
          The total number of eigenvalues (of all L_i D_i L_i^T)
          found.

          W is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N)
          The first M elements contain the eigenvalues. The
          eigenvalues of each of the blocks, L_i D_i L_i^T, are
          sorted in ascending order ( DLARRE may use the
          remaining N-M elements as workspace).

WERR

          WERR is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N)
          The error bound on the corresponding eigenvalue in W.

WGAP

          WGAP is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N)
          The separation from the right neighbor eigenvalue in W.
          The gap is only with respect to the eigenvalues of the same block
          as each block has its own representation tree.
          Exception: at the right end of a block we store the left gap

IBLOCK

          IBLOCK is INTEGER array, dimension (N)
          The indices of the blocks (submatrices) associated with the
          corresponding eigenvalues in W; IBLOCK(i)=1 if eigenvalue
          W(i) belongs to the first block from the top, =2 if W(i)
          belongs to the second block, etc.

INDEXW

          INDEXW is INTEGER array, dimension (N)
          The indices of the eigenvalues within each block (submatrix);
          for example, INDEXW(i)= 10 and IBLOCK(i)=2 imply that the
          i-th eigenvalue W(i) is the 10-th eigenvalue in block 2

GERS

          GERS is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (2*N)
          The N Gerschgorin intervals (the i-th Gerschgorin interval
          is (GERS(2*i-1), GERS(2*i)).

PIVMIN

          PIVMIN is DOUBLE PRECISION
          The minimum pivot in the Sturm sequence for T.

WORK

          WORK is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (6*N)
          Workspace.

IWORK

          IWORK is INTEGER array, dimension (5*N)
          Workspace.

INFO

          INFO is INTEGER
          = 0:  successful exit
          > 0:  A problem occurred in DLARRE.
          < 0:  One of the called subroutines signaled an internal problem.
                Needs inspection of the corresponding parameter IINFO
                for further information.
          =-1:  Problem in DLARRD.
          = 2:  No base representation could be found in MAXTRY iterations.
                Increasing MAXTRY and recompilation might be a remedy.
          =-3:  Problem in DLARRB when computing the refined root
                representation for DLASQ2.
          =-4:  Problem in DLARRB when preforming bisection on the
                desired part of the spectrum.
          =-5:  Problem in DLASQ2.
          =-6:  Problem in DLASQ2.

Author:

Univ. of Tennessee

Univ. of California Berkeley

Univ. of Colorado Denver

NAG Ltd.

Date:

: June 2016

Further Details:

  The base representations are required to suffer very little
  element growth and consequently define all their eigenvalues to
  high relative accuracy.

Contributors:

: Beresford Parlett, University of California, Berkeley, USA

Jim Demmel, University of California, Berkeley, USA

Inderjit Dhillon, University of Texas, Austin, USA

Osni Marques, LBNL/NERSC, USA

Christof Voemel, University of California, Berkeley, USA

subroutine dlarrf (integer N, double precision, dimension( * ) D, double precision, dimension( * ) L, double precision, dimension( * ) LD, integer CLSTRT, integer CLEND, double precision, dimension( * ) W, double precision, dimension( * ) WGAP, double precision, dimension( * ) WERR, double precision SPDIAM, double precision CLGAPL, double precision CLGAPR, double precision PIVMIN, double precision SIGMA, double precision, dimension( * ) DPLUS, double precision, dimension( * ) LPLUS, double precision, dimension( * ) WORK, integer INFO)

DLARRF finds a new relatively robust representation such that at least one of the eigenvalues is relatively isolated.

Purpose:

 Given the initial representation L D L^T and its cluster of close
 eigenvalues (in a relative measure), W( CLSTRT ), W( CLSTRT+1 ), ...
 W( CLEND ), DLARRF finds a new relatively robust representation
 L D L^T - SIGMA I = L(+) D(+) L(+)^T such that at least one of the
 eigenvalues of L(+) D(+) L(+)^T is relatively isolated.

Parameters:

          N is INTEGER
          The order of the matrix (subblock, if the matrix split).

          D is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N)
          The N diagonal elements of the diagonal matrix D.

          L is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N-1)
          The (N-1) subdiagonal elements of the unit bidiagonal
          matrix L.

          LD is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N-1)
          The (N-1) elements L(i)*D(i).

CLSTRT

          CLSTRT is INTEGER
          The index of the first eigenvalue in the cluster.

CLEND

          CLEND is INTEGER
          The index of the last eigenvalue in the cluster.

          W is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension
          dimension is >=  (CLEND-CLSTRT+1)
          The eigenvalue APPROXIMATIONS of L D L^T in ascending order.
          W( CLSTRT ) through W( CLEND ) form the cluster of relatively
          close eigenalues.

WGAP

          WGAP is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension
          dimension is >=  (CLEND-CLSTRT+1)
          The separation from the right neighbor eigenvalue in W.

WERR

          WERR is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension
          dimension is  >=  (CLEND-CLSTRT+1)
          WERR contain the semiwidth of the uncertainty
          interval of the corresponding eigenvalue APPROXIMATION in W

SPDIAM

          SPDIAM is DOUBLE PRECISION
          estimate of the spectral diameter obtained from the
          Gerschgorin intervals

CLGAPL

          CLGAPL is DOUBLE PRECISION

CLGAPR

          CLGAPR is DOUBLE PRECISION
          absolute gap on each end of the cluster.
          Set by the calling routine to protect against shifts too close
          to eigenvalues outside the cluster.

PIVMIN

          PIVMIN is DOUBLE PRECISION
          The minimum pivot allowed in the Sturm sequence.

SIGMA

          SIGMA is DOUBLE PRECISION
          The shift used to form L(+) D(+) L(+)^T.

DPLUS

          DPLUS is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N)
          The N diagonal elements of the diagonal matrix D(+).

LPLUS

          LPLUS is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N-1)
          The first (N-1) elements of LPLUS contain the subdiagonal
          elements of the unit bidiagonal matrix L(+).

WORK

          WORK is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (2*N)
          Workspace.

INFO

          INFO is INTEGER
          Signals processing OK (=0) or failure (=1)

Author:

Univ. of Tennessee

Univ. of California Berkeley

Univ. of Colorado Denver

NAG Ltd.

Date:

: June 2016

Contributors:

: Beresford Parlett, University of California, Berkeley, USA

Jim Demmel, University of California, Berkeley, USA

Inderjit Dhillon, University of Texas, Austin, USA

Osni Marques, LBNL/NERSC, USA

Christof Voemel, University of California, Berkeley, USA

subroutine dlarrj (integer N, double precision, dimension( * ) D, double precision, dimension( * ) E2, integer IFIRST, integer ILAST, double precision RTOL, integer OFFSET, double precision, dimension( * ) W, double precision, dimension( * ) WERR, double precision, dimension( * ) WORK, integer, dimension( * ) IWORK, double precision PIVMIN, double precision SPDIAM, integer INFO)

DLARRJ performs refinement of the initial estimates of the eigenvalues of the matrix T.

Purpose:

 Given the initial eigenvalue approximations of T, DLARRJ
 does  bisection to refine the eigenvalues of T,
 W( IFIRST-OFFSET ) through W( ILAST-OFFSET ), to more accuracy. Initial
 guesses for these eigenvalues are input in W, the corresponding estimate
 of the error in these guesses in WERR. During bisection, intervals
 [left, right] are maintained by storing their mid-points and
 semi-widths in the arrays W and WERR respectively.

Parameters:

          N is INTEGER
          The order of the matrix.

          D is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N)
          The N diagonal elements of T.

          E2 is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N-1)
          The Squares of the (N-1) subdiagonal elements of T.

IFIRST

          IFIRST is INTEGER
          The index of the first eigenvalue to be computed.

ILAST

          ILAST is INTEGER
          The index of the last eigenvalue to be computed.

RTOL

          RTOL is DOUBLE PRECISION
          Tolerance for the convergence of the bisection intervals.
          An interval [LEFT,RIGHT] has converged if
          RIGHT-LEFT.LT.RTOL*MAX(|LEFT|,|RIGHT|).

OFFSET

          OFFSET is INTEGER
          Offset for the arrays W and WERR, i.e., the IFIRST-OFFSET
          through ILAST-OFFSET elements of these arrays are to be used.

          W is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N)
          On input, W( IFIRST-OFFSET ) through W( ILAST-OFFSET ) are
          estimates of the eigenvalues of L D L^T indexed IFIRST through
          ILAST.
          On output, these estimates are refined.

WERR

          WERR is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N)
          On input, WERR( IFIRST-OFFSET ) through WERR( ILAST-OFFSET ) are
          the errors in the estimates of the corresponding elements in W.
          On output, these errors are refined.

WORK

          WORK is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (2*N)
          Workspace.

IWORK

          IWORK is INTEGER array, dimension (2*N)
          Workspace.

PIVMIN

          PIVMIN is DOUBLE PRECISION
          The minimum pivot in the Sturm sequence for T.

SPDIAM

          SPDIAM is DOUBLE PRECISION
          The spectral diameter of T.

INFO

          INFO is INTEGER
          Error flag.

Author:

Univ. of Tennessee

Univ. of California Berkeley

Univ. of Colorado Denver

NAG Ltd.

Date:

: September 2012

Contributors:

: Beresford Parlett, University of California, Berkeley, USA

Jim Demmel, University of California, Berkeley, USA

Inderjit Dhillon, University of Texas, Austin, USA

Osni Marques, LBNL/NERSC, USA

Christof Voemel, University of California, Berkeley, USA

subroutine dlarrk (integer N, integer IW, double precision GL, double precision GU, double precision, dimension( * ) D, double precision, dimension( * ) E2, double precision PIVMIN, double precision RELTOL, double precision W, double precision WERR, integer INFO)

DLARRK computes one eigenvalue of a symmetric tridiagonal matrix T to suitable accuracy.

Purpose:

 DLARRK computes one eigenvalue of a symmetric tridiagonal
 matrix T to suitable accuracy. This is an auxiliary code to be
 called from DSTEMR.
 To avoid overflow, the matrix must be scaled so that its
 largest element is no greater than overflow**(1/2) * underflow**(1/4) in absolute value, and for greatest
 accuracy, it should not be much smaller than that.
 See W. Kahan "Accurate Eigenvalues of a Symmetric Tridiagonal
 Matrix", Report CS41, Computer Science Dept., Stanford
 University, July 21, 1966.

Parameters:

          N is INTEGER
          The order of the tridiagonal matrix T.  N >= 0.

          IW is INTEGER
          The index of the eigenvalues to be returned.

          GL is DOUBLE PRECISION

          GU is DOUBLE PRECISION
          An upper and a lower bound on the eigenvalue.

          D is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N)
          The n diagonal elements of the tridiagonal matrix T.

          E2 is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N-1)
          The (n-1) squared off-diagonal elements of the tridiagonal matrix T.

PIVMIN

          PIVMIN is DOUBLE PRECISION
          The minimum pivot allowed in the Sturm sequence for T.

RELTOL

          RELTOL is DOUBLE PRECISION
          The minimum relative width of an interval.  When an interval
          is narrower than RELTOL times the larger (in
          magnitude) endpoint, then it is considered to be
          sufficiently small, i.e., converged.  Note: this should
          always be at least radix*machine epsilon.

          W is DOUBLE PRECISION

WERR

          WERR is DOUBLE PRECISION
          The error bound on the corresponding eigenvalue approximation
          in W.

INFO

          INFO is INTEGER
          = 0:       Eigenvalue converged
          = -1:      Eigenvalue did NOT converge

Internal Parameters:

  FUDGE   DOUBLE PRECISION, default = 2
          A "fudge factor" to widen the Gershgorin intervals.

Author:

Univ. of Tennessee

Univ. of California Berkeley

Univ. of Colorado Denver

NAG Ltd.

Date:

: September 2012

subroutine dlarrr (integer N, double precision, dimension( * ) D, double precision, dimension( * ) E, integer INFO)

DLARRR performs tests to decide whether the symmetric tridiagonal matrix T warrants expensive computations which guarantee high relative accuracy in the eigenvalues.

Purpose:

 Perform tests to decide whether the symmetric tridiagonal matrix T
 warrants expensive computations which guarantee high relative accuracy
 in the eigenvalues.

Parameters:

          N is INTEGER
          The order of the matrix. N > 0.

          D is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N)
          The N diagonal elements of the tridiagonal matrix T.

          E is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N)
          On entry, the first (N-1) entries contain the subdiagonal
          elements of the tridiagonal matrix T; E(N) is set to ZERO.

INFO

          INFO is INTEGER
          INFO = 0(default) : the matrix warrants computations preserving
                              relative accuracy.
          INFO = 1          : the matrix warrants computations guaranteeing
                              only absolute accuracy.

Author:

Univ. of Tennessee

Univ. of California Berkeley

Univ. of Colorado Denver

NAG Ltd.

Date:

: September 2012

Contributors:

: Beresford Parlett, University of California, Berkeley, USA

Jim Demmel, University of California, Berkeley, USA

Inderjit Dhillon, University of Texas, Austin, USA

Osni Marques, LBNL/NERSC, USA

Christof Voemel, University of California, Berkeley, USA

subroutine dlartg (double precision F, double precision G, double precision CS, double precision SN, double precision R)

DLARTG generates a plane rotation with real cosine and real sine.

Purpose:

 DLARTG generate a plane rotation so that
    [  CS  SN  ]  .  [ F ]  =  [ R ]   where CS**2 + SN**2 = 1.
    [ -SN  CS  ]     [ G ]     [ 0 ]
 This is a slower, more accurate version of the BLAS1 routine DROTG,
 with the following other differences:
    F and G are unchanged on return.
    If G=0, then CS=1 and SN=0.
    If F=0 and (G .ne. 0), then CS=0 and SN=1 without doing any
       floating point operations (saves work in DBDSQR when
       there are zeros on the diagonal).
 If F exceeds G in magnitude, CS will be positive.

Parameters:

          F is DOUBLE PRECISION
          The first component of vector to be rotated.

          G is DOUBLE PRECISION
          The second component of vector to be rotated.

          CS is DOUBLE PRECISION
          The cosine of the rotation.

          SN is DOUBLE PRECISION
          The sine of the rotation.

          R is DOUBLE PRECISION
          The nonzero component of the rotated vector.
  This version has a few statements commented out for thread safety
  (machine parameters are computed on each entry). 10 feb 03, SJH.

Author:

Univ. of Tennessee

Univ. of California Berkeley

Univ. of Colorado Denver

NAG Ltd.

Date:

: September 2012

subroutine dlartgp (double precision F, double precision G, double precision CS, double precision SN, double precision R)

DLARTGP generates a plane rotation so that the diagonal is nonnegative.

Purpose:

 DLARTGP generates a plane rotation so that
    [  CS  SN  ]  .  [ F ]  =  [ R ]   where CS**2 + SN**2 = 1.
    [ -SN  CS  ]     [ G ]     [ 0 ]
 This is a slower, more accurate version of the Level 1 BLAS routine DROTG,
 with the following other differences:
    F and G are unchanged on return.
    If G=0, then CS=(+/-)1 and SN=0.
    If F=0 and (G .ne. 0), then CS=0 and SN=(+/-)1.
 The sign is chosen so that R >= 0.

Parameters:

          F is DOUBLE PRECISION
          The first component of vector to be rotated.

          G is DOUBLE PRECISION
          The second component of vector to be rotated.

          CS is DOUBLE PRECISION
          The cosine of the rotation.

          SN is DOUBLE PRECISION
          The sine of the rotation.

          R is DOUBLE PRECISION
          The nonzero component of the rotated vector.
  This version has a few statements commented out for thread safety
  (machine parameters are computed on each entry). 10 feb 03, SJH.

Author:

Univ. of Tennessee

Univ. of California Berkeley

Univ. of Colorado Denver

NAG Ltd.

Date:

: September 2012

subroutine dlaruv (integer, dimension( 4 ) ISEED, integer N, double precision, dimension( n ) X)

DLARUV returns a vector of n random real numbers from a uniform distribution.

Purpose:

 DLARUV returns a vector of n random real numbers from a uniform (0,1)
 distribution (n <= 128).
 This is an auxiliary routine called by DLARNV and ZLARNV.

Parameters:

ISEED

          ISEED is INTEGER array, dimension (4)
          On entry, the seed of the random number generator; the array
          elements must be between 0 and 4095, and ISEED(4) must be
          odd.
          On exit, the seed is updated.

          N is INTEGER
          The number of random numbers to be generated. N <= 128.

          X is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N)
          The generated random numbers.

Author:

Univ. of Tennessee

Univ. of California Berkeley

Univ. of Colorado Denver

NAG Ltd.

Date:

: September 2012

Further Details:

  This routine uses a multiplicative congruential method with modulus
  2**48 and multiplier 33952834046453 (see G.S.Fishman,
  'Multiplicative congruential random number generators with modulus
  2**b: an exhaustive analysis for b = 32 and a partial analysis for
  b = 48', Math. Comp. 189, pp 331-344, 1990).
  48-bit integers are stored in 4 integer array elements with 12 bits
  per element. Hence the routine is portable across machines with
  integers of 32 bits or more.

subroutine dlas2 (double precision F, double precision G, double precision H, double precision SSMIN, double precision SSMAX)

DLAS2 computes singular values of a 2-by-2 triangular matrix.

Purpose:

 DLAS2  computes the singular values of the 2-by-2 matrix
    [  F   G  ]
    [  0   H  ].
 On return, SSMIN is the smaller singular value and SSMAX is the
 larger singular value.

Parameters:

          F is DOUBLE PRECISION
          The (1,1) element of the 2-by-2 matrix.

          G is DOUBLE PRECISION
          The (1,2) element of the 2-by-2 matrix.

          H is DOUBLE PRECISION
          The (2,2) element of the 2-by-2 matrix.

SSMIN

          SSMIN is DOUBLE PRECISION
          The smaller singular value.

SSMAX

          SSMAX is DOUBLE PRECISION
          The larger singular value.

Author:

Univ. of Tennessee

Univ. of California Berkeley

Univ. of Colorado Denver

NAG Ltd.

Date:

: September 2012

Further Details:

  Barring over/underflow, all output quantities are correct to within
  a few units in the last place (ulps), even in the absence of a guard
  digit in addition/subtraction.
  In IEEE arithmetic, the code works correctly if one matrix element is
  infinite.
  Overflow will not occur unless the largest singular value itself
  overflows, or is within a few ulps of overflow. (On machines with
  partial overflow, like the Cray, overflow may occur if the largest
  singular value is within a factor of 2 of overflow.)
  Underflow is harmless if underflow is gradual. Otherwise, results
  may correspond to a matrix modified by perturbations of size near
  the underflow threshold.

subroutine dlascl (character TYPE, integer KL, integer KU, double precision CFROM, double precision CTO, integer M, integer N, double precision, dimension( lda, * ) A, integer LDA, integer INFO)

DLASCL multiplies a general rectangular matrix by a real scalar defined as cto/cfrom.

Purpose:

 DLASCL multiplies the M by N real matrix A by the real scalar
 CTO/CFROM.  This is done without over/underflow as long as the final
 result CTO*A(I,J)/CFROM does not over/underflow. TYPE specifies that
 A may be full, upper triangular, lower triangular, upper Hessenberg,
 or banded.

Parameters:

TYPE

          TYPE is CHARACTER*1
          TYPE indices the storage type of the input matrix.
          = 'G':  A is a full matrix.
          = 'L':  A is a lower triangular matrix.
          = 'U':  A is an upper triangular matrix.
          = 'H':  A is an upper Hessenberg matrix.
          = 'B':  A is a symmetric band matrix with lower bandwidth KL
                  and upper bandwidth KU and with the only the lower
                  half stored.
          = 'Q':  A is a symmetric band matrix with lower bandwidth KL
                  and upper bandwidth KU and with the only the upper
                  half stored.
          = 'Z':  A is a band matrix with lower bandwidth KL and upper
                  bandwidth KU. See DGBTRF for storage details.

          KL is INTEGER
          The lower bandwidth of A.  Referenced only if TYPE = 'B',
          'Q' or 'Z'.

          KU is INTEGER
          The upper bandwidth of A.  Referenced only if TYPE = 'B',
          'Q' or 'Z'.

CFROM

          CFROM is DOUBLE PRECISION

CTO

          CTO is DOUBLE PRECISION
          The matrix A is multiplied by CTO/CFROM. A(I,J) is computed
          without over/underflow if the final result CTO*A(I,J)/CFROM
          can be represented without over/underflow.  CFROM must be
          nonzero.

          M is INTEGER
          The number of rows of the matrix A.  M >= 0.

          N is INTEGER
          The number of columns of the matrix A.  N >= 0.

          A is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDA,N)
          The matrix to be multiplied by CTO/CFROM.  See TYPE for the
          storage type.

LDA

          LDA is INTEGER
          The leading dimension of the array A.
          If TYPE = 'G', 'L', 'U', 'H', LDA >= max(1,M);
             TYPE = 'B', LDA >= KL+1;
             TYPE = 'Q', LDA >= KU+1;
             TYPE = 'Z', LDA >= 2*KL+KU+1.

INFO

          INFO is INTEGER
          0  - successful exit
          <0 - if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value.

Author:

Univ. of Tennessee

Univ. of California Berkeley

Univ. of Colorado Denver

NAG Ltd.

Date:

: June 2016

subroutine dlasd0 (integer N, integer SQRE, double precision, dimension( * ) D, double precision, dimension( * ) E, double precision, dimension( ldu, * ) U, integer LDU, double precision, dimension( ldvt, * ) VT, integer LDVT, integer SMLSIZ, integer, dimension( * ) IWORK, double precision, dimension( * ) WORK, integer INFO)

DLASD0 computes the singular values of a real upper bidiagonal n-by-m matrix B with diagonal d and off-diagonal e. Used by sbdsdc.

Purpose:

 Using a divide and conquer approach, DLASD0 computes the singular
 value decomposition (SVD) of a real upper bidiagonal N-by-M
 matrix B with diagonal D and offdiagonal E, where M = N + SQRE.
 The algorithm computes orthogonal matrices U and VT such that
 B = U * S * VT. The singular values S are overwritten on D.
 A related subroutine, DLASDA, computes only the singular values,
 and optionally, the singular vectors in compact form.

Parameters:

          N is INTEGER
         On entry, the row dimension of the upper bidiagonal matrix.
         This is also the dimension of the main diagonal array D.

SQRE

          SQRE is INTEGER
         Specifies the column dimension of the bidiagonal matrix.
         = 0: The bidiagonal matrix has column dimension M = N;
         = 1: The bidiagonal matrix has column dimension M = N+1;

          D is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N)
         On entry D contains the main diagonal of the bidiagonal
         matrix.
         On exit D, if INFO = 0, contains its singular values.

          E is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (M-1)
         Contains the subdiagonal entries of the bidiagonal matrix.
         On exit, E has been destroyed.

          U is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension at least (LDQ, N)
         On exit, U contains the left singular vectors.

LDU

          LDU is INTEGER
         On entry, leading dimension of U.

          VT is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension at least (LDVT, M)
         On exit, VT**T contains the right singular vectors.

LDVT

          LDVT is INTEGER
         On entry, leading dimension of VT.

SMLSIZ

          SMLSIZ is INTEGER
         On entry, maximum size of the subproblems at the
         bottom of the computation tree.

IWORK

          IWORK is INTEGER work array.
         Dimension must be at least (8 * N)

WORK

          WORK is DOUBLE PRECISION work array.
         Dimension must be at least (3 * M**2 + 2 * M)

INFO

          INFO is INTEGER
          = 0:  successful exit.
          < 0:  if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value.
          > 0:  if INFO = 1, a singular value did not converge

Author:

Univ. of Tennessee

Univ. of California Berkeley

Univ. of Colorado Denver

NAG Ltd.

Date:

: November 2015

Contributors:

: Ming Gu and Huan Ren, Computer Science Division, University of California at Berkeley, USA

subroutine dlasd1 (integer NL, integer NR, integer SQRE, double precision, dimension( * ) D, double precision ALPHA, double precision BETA, double precision, dimension( ldu, * ) U, integer LDU, double precision, dimension( ldvt, * ) VT, integer LDVT, integer, dimension( * ) IDXQ, integer, dimension( * ) IWORK, double precision, dimension( * ) WORK, integer INFO)

DLASD1 computes the SVD of an upper bidiagonal matrix B of the specified size. Used by sbdsdc.

Purpose:

 DLASD1 computes the SVD of an upper bidiagonal N-by-M matrix B,
 where N = NL + NR + 1 and M = N + SQRE. DLASD1 is called from DLASD0.
 A related subroutine DLASD7 handles the case in which the singular
 values (and the singular vectors in factored form) are desired.
 DLASD1 computes the SVD as follows:
               ( D1(in)    0    0       0 )
   B = U(in) * (   Z1**T   a   Z2**T    b ) * VT(in)
               (   0       0   D2(in)   0 )
     = U(out) * ( D(out) 0) * VT(out)
 where Z**T = (Z1**T a Z2**T b) = u**T VT**T, and u is a vector of dimension M
 with ALPHA and BETA in the NL+1 and NL+2 th entries and zeros
 elsewhere; and the entry b is empty if SQRE = 0.
 The left singular vectors of the original matrix are stored in U, and
 the transpose of the right singular vectors are stored in VT, and the
 singular values are in D.  The algorithm consists of three stages:
    The first stage consists of deflating the size of the problem
    when there are multiple singular values or when there are zeros in
    the Z vector.  For each such occurrence the dimension of the
    secular equation problem is reduced by one.  This stage is
    performed by the routine DLASD2.
    The second stage consists of calculating the updated
    singular values. This is done by finding the square roots of the
    roots of the secular equation via the routine DLASD4 (as called
    by DLASD3). This routine also calculates the singular vectors of
    the current problem.
    The final stage consists of computing the updated singular vectors
    directly using the updated singular values.  The singular vectors
    for the current problem are multiplied with the singular vectors
    from the overall problem.

Parameters:

          NL is INTEGER
         The row dimension of the upper block.  NL >= 1.

          NR is INTEGER
         The row dimension of the lower block.  NR >= 1.

SQRE

          SQRE is INTEGER
         = 0: the lower block is an NR-by-NR square matrix.
         = 1: the lower block is an NR-by-(NR+1) rectangular matrix.
         The bidiagonal matrix has row dimension N = NL + NR + 1,
         and column dimension M = N + SQRE.

          D is DOUBLE PRECISION array,
                        dimension (N = NL+NR+1).
         On entry D(1:NL,1:NL) contains the singular values of the
         upper block; and D(NL+2:N) contains the singular values of
         the lower block. On exit D(1:N) contains the singular values
         of the modified matrix.

ALPHA

          ALPHA is DOUBLE PRECISION
         Contains the diagonal element associated with the added row.

BETA

          BETA is DOUBLE PRECISION
         Contains the off-diagonal element associated with the added
         row.

          U is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension(LDU,N)
         On entry U(1:NL, 1:NL) contains the left singular vectors of
         the upper block; U(NL+2:N, NL+2:N) contains the left singular
         vectors of the lower block. On exit U contains the left
         singular vectors of the bidiagonal matrix.

LDU

          LDU is INTEGER
         The leading dimension of the array U.  LDU >= max( 1, N ).

          VT is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension(LDVT,M)
         where M = N + SQRE.
         On entry VT(1:NL+1, 1:NL+1)**T contains the right singular
         vectors of the upper block; VT(NL+2:M, NL+2:M)**T contains
         the right singular vectors of the lower block. On exit
         VT**T contains the right singular vectors of the
         bidiagonal matrix.

LDVT

          LDVT is INTEGER
         The leading dimension of the array VT.  LDVT >= max( 1, M ).

IDXQ

          IDXQ is INTEGER array, dimension(N)
         This contains the permutation which will reintegrate the
         subproblem just solved back into sorted order, i.e.
         D( IDXQ( I = 1, N ) ) will be in ascending order.

IWORK

          IWORK is INTEGER array, dimension( 4 * N )

WORK

          WORK is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension( 3*M**2 + 2*M )

INFO

          INFO is INTEGER
          = 0:  successful exit.
          < 0:  if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value.
          > 0:  if INFO = 1, a singular value did not converge

Author:

Univ. of Tennessee

Univ. of California Berkeley

Univ. of Colorado Denver

NAG Ltd.

Date:

: June 2016

Contributors:

: Ming Gu and Huan Ren, Computer Science Division, University of California at Berkeley, USA

subroutine dlasd2 (integer NL, integer NR, integer SQRE, integer K, double precision, dimension( * ) D, double precision, dimension( * ) Z, double precision ALPHA, double precision BETA, double precision, dimension( ldu, * ) U, integer LDU, double precision, dimension( ldvt, * ) VT, integer LDVT, double precision, dimension( * ) DSIGMA, double precision, dimension( ldu2, * ) U2, integer LDU2, double precision, dimension( ldvt2, * ) VT2, integer LDVT2, integer, dimension( * ) IDXP, integer, dimension( * ) IDX, integer, dimension( * ) IDXC, integer, dimension( * ) IDXQ, integer, dimension( * ) COLTYP, integer INFO)

DLASD2 merges the two sets of singular values together into a single sorted set. Used by sbdsdc.

Purpose:

 DLASD2 merges the two sets of singular values together into a single
 sorted set.  Then it tries to deflate the size of the problem.
 There are two ways in which deflation can occur:  when two or more
 singular values are close together or if there is a tiny entry in the
 Z vector.  For each such occurrence the order of the related secular
 equation problem is reduced by one.
 DLASD2 is called from DLASD1.

Parameters:

          NL is INTEGER
         The row dimension of the upper block.  NL >= 1.

          NR is INTEGER
         The row dimension of the lower block.  NR >= 1.

SQRE

          SQRE is INTEGER
         = 0: the lower block is an NR-by-NR square matrix.
         = 1: the lower block is an NR-by-(NR+1) rectangular matrix.
         The bidiagonal matrix has N = NL + NR + 1 rows and
         M = N + SQRE >= N columns.

          K is INTEGER
         Contains the dimension of the non-deflated matrix,
         This is the order of the related secular equation. 1 <= K <=N.

          D is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension(N)
         On entry D contains the singular values of the two submatrices
         to be combined.  On exit D contains the trailing (N-K) updated
         singular values (those which were deflated) sorted into
         increasing order.

          Z is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension(N)
         On exit Z contains the updating row vector in the secular
         equation.

ALPHA

          ALPHA is DOUBLE PRECISION
         Contains the diagonal element associated with the added row.

BETA

          BETA is DOUBLE PRECISION
         Contains the off-diagonal element associated with the added
         row.

          U is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension(LDU,N)
         On entry U contains the left singular vectors of two
         submatrices in the two square blocks with corners at (1,1),
         (NL, NL), and (NL+2, NL+2), (N,N).
         On exit U contains the trailing (N-K) updated left singular
         vectors (those which were deflated) in its last N-K columns.

LDU

          LDU is INTEGER
         The leading dimension of the array U.  LDU >= N.

          VT is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension(LDVT,M)
         On entry VT**T contains the right singular vectors of two
         submatrices in the two square blocks with corners at (1,1),
         (NL+1, NL+1), and (NL+2, NL+2), (M,M).
         On exit VT**T contains the trailing (N-K) updated right singular
         vectors (those which were deflated) in its last N-K columns.
         In case SQRE =1, the last row of VT spans the right null
         space.

LDVT

          LDVT is INTEGER
         The leading dimension of the array VT.  LDVT >= M.

DSIGMA

          DSIGMA is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N)
         Contains a copy of the diagonal elements (K-1 singular values
         and one zero) in the secular equation.

          U2 is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension(LDU2,N)
         Contains a copy of the first K-1 left singular vectors which
         will be used by DLASD3 in a matrix multiply (DGEMM) to solve
         for the new left singular vectors. U2 is arranged into four
         blocks. The first block contains a column with 1 at NL+1 and
         zero everywhere else; the second block contains non-zero
         entries only at and above NL; the third contains non-zero
         entries only below NL+1; and the fourth is dense.

LDU2

          LDU2 is INTEGER
         The leading dimension of the array U2.  LDU2 >= N.

VT2

          VT2 is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension(LDVT2,N)
         VT2**T contains a copy of the first K right singular vectors
         which will be used by DLASD3 in a matrix multiply (DGEMM) to
         solve for the new right singular vectors. VT2 is arranged into
         three blocks. The first block contains a row that corresponds
         to the special 0 diagonal element in SIGMA; the second block
         contains non-zeros only at and before NL +1; the third block
         contains non-zeros only at and after  NL +2.

LDVT2

          LDVT2 is INTEGER
         The leading dimension of the array VT2.  LDVT2 >= M.

IDXP

          IDXP is INTEGER array dimension(N)
         This will contain the permutation used to place deflated
         values of D at the end of the array. On output IDXP(2:K)
         points to the nondeflated D-values and IDXP(K+1:N)
         points to the deflated singular values.

IDX

          IDX is INTEGER array dimension(N)
         This will contain the permutation used to sort the contents of
         D into ascending order.

IDXC

          IDXC is INTEGER array dimension(N)
         This will contain the permutation used to arrange the columns
         of the deflated U matrix into three groups:  the first group
         contains non-zero entries only at and above NL, the second
         contains non-zero entries only below NL+2, and the third is
         dense.

IDXQ

          IDXQ is INTEGER array dimension(N)
         This contains the permutation which separately sorts the two
         sub-problems in D into ascending order.  Note that entries in
         the first hlaf of this permutation must first be moved one
         position backward; and entries in the second half
         must first have NL+1 added to their values.

COLTYP

          COLTYP is INTEGER array dimension(N)
         As workspace, this will contain a label which will indicate
         which of the following types a column in the U2 matrix or a
         row in the VT2 matrix is:
         1 : non-zero in the upper half only
         2 : non-zero in the lower half only
         3 : dense
         4 : deflated
         On exit, it is an array of dimension 4, with COLTYP(I) being
         the dimension of the I-th type columns.

INFO

          INFO is INTEGER
          = 0:  successful exit.
          < 0:  if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value.

Author:

Univ. of Tennessee

Univ. of California Berkeley

Univ. of Colorado Denver

NAG Ltd.

Date:

: September 2012

Contributors:

: Ming Gu and Huan Ren, Computer Science Division, University of California at Berkeley, USA

subroutine dlasd3 (integer NL, integer NR, integer SQRE, integer K, double precision, dimension( * ) D, double precision, dimension( ldq, * ) Q, integer LDQ, double precision, dimension( * ) DSIGMA, double precision, dimension( ldu, * ) U, integer LDU, double precision, dimension( ldu2, * ) U2, integer LDU2, double precision, dimension( ldvt, * ) VT, integer LDVT, double precision, dimension( ldvt2, * ) VT2, integer LDVT2, integer, dimension( * ) IDXC, integer, dimension( * ) CTOT, double precision, dimension( * ) Z, integer INFO)

DLASD3 finds all square roots of the roots of the secular equation, as defined by the values in D and Z, and then updates the singular vectors by matrix multiplication. Used by sbdsdc.

Purpose:

 DLASD3 finds all the square roots of the roots of the secular
 equation, as defined by the values in D and Z.  It makes the
 appropriate calls to DLASD4 and then updates the singular
 vectors by matrix multiplication.
 This code makes very mild assumptions about floating point
 arithmetic. It will work on machines with a guard digit in
 add/subtract, or on those binary machines without guard digits
 which subtract like the Cray XMP, Cray YMP, Cray C 90, or Cray 2.
 It could conceivably fail on hexadecimal or decimal machines
 without guard digits, but we know of none.
 DLASD3 is called from DLASD1.

Parameters:

          NL is INTEGER
         The row dimension of the upper block.  NL >= 1.

          NR is INTEGER
         The row dimension of the lower block.  NR >= 1.

SQRE

          SQRE is INTEGER
         = 0: the lower block is an NR-by-NR square matrix.
         = 1: the lower block is an NR-by-(NR+1) rectangular matrix.
         The bidiagonal matrix has N = NL + NR + 1 rows and
         M = N + SQRE >= N columns.

          K is INTEGER
         The size of the secular equation, 1 =< K = < N.

          D is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension(K)
         On exit the square roots of the roots of the secular equation,
         in ascending order.

          Q is DOUBLE PRECISION array,
                     dimension at least (LDQ,K).

LDQ

          LDQ is INTEGER
         The leading dimension of the array Q.  LDQ >= K.

DSIGMA

          DSIGMA is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension(K)
         The first K elements of this array contain the old roots
         of the deflated updating problem.  These are the poles
         of the secular equation.

          U is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDU, N)
         The last N - K columns of this matrix contain the deflated
         left singular vectors.

LDU

          LDU is INTEGER
         The leading dimension of the array U.  LDU >= N.

          U2 is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDU2, N)
         The first K columns of this matrix contain the non-deflated
         left singular vectors for the split problem.

LDU2

          LDU2 is INTEGER
         The leading dimension of the array U2.  LDU2 >= N.

          VT is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDVT, M)
         The last M - K columns of VT**T contain the deflated
         right singular vectors.

LDVT

          LDVT is INTEGER
         The leading dimension of the array VT.  LDVT >= N.

VT2

          VT2 is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDVT2, N)
         The first K columns of VT2**T contain the non-deflated
         right singular vectors for the split problem.

LDVT2

          LDVT2 is INTEGER
         The leading dimension of the array VT2.  LDVT2 >= N.

IDXC

          IDXC is INTEGER array, dimension ( N )
         The permutation used to arrange the columns of U (and rows of
         VT) into three groups:  the first group contains non-zero
         entries only at and above (or before) NL +1; the second
         contains non-zero entries only at and below (or after) NL+2;
         and the third is dense. The first column of U and the row of
         VT are treated separately, however.
         The rows of the singular vectors found by DLASD4
         must be likewise permuted before the matrix multiplies can
         take place.

CTOT

          CTOT is INTEGER array, dimension ( 4 )
         A count of the total number of the various types of columns
         in U (or rows in VT), as described in IDXC. The fourth column
         type is any column which has been deflated.

          Z is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (K)
         The first K elements of this array contain the components
         of the deflation-adjusted updating row vector.

INFO

          INFO is INTEGER
         = 0:  successful exit.
         < 0:  if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value.
         > 0:  if INFO = 1, a singular value did not converge

Author:

Univ. of Tennessee

Univ. of California Berkeley

Univ. of Colorado Denver

NAG Ltd.

Date:

: November 2015

Contributors:

: Ming Gu and Huan Ren, Computer Science Division, University of California at Berkeley, USA

subroutine dlasd4 (integer N, integer I, double precision, dimension( * ) D, double precision, dimension( * ) Z, double precision, dimension( * ) DELTA, double precision RHO, double precision SIGMA, double precision, dimension( * ) WORK, integer INFO)

DLASD4 computes the square root of the i-th updated eigenvalue of a positive symmetric rank-one modification to a positive diagonal matrix. Used by dbdsdc.

Purpose:

 This subroutine computes the square root of the I-th updated
 eigenvalue of a positive symmetric rank-one modification to
 a positive diagonal matrix whose entries are given as the squares
 of the corresponding entries in the array d, and that
        0 <= D(i) < D(j)  for  i < j
 and that RHO > 0. This is arranged by the calling routine, and is
 no loss in generality.  The rank-one modified system is thus
        diag( D ) * diag( D ) +  RHO * Z * Z_transpose.
 where we assume the Euclidean norm of Z is 1.
 The method consists of approximating the rational functions in the
 secular equation by simpler interpolating rational functions.

Parameters:

          N is INTEGER
         The length of all arrays.

          I is INTEGER
         The index of the eigenvalue to be computed.  1 <= I <= N.

          D is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension ( N )
         The original eigenvalues.  It is assumed that they are in
         order, 0 <= D(I) < D(J)  for I < J.

          Z is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension ( N )
         The components of the updating vector.

DELTA

          DELTA is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension ( N )
         If N .ne. 1, DELTA contains (D(j) - sigma_I) in its  j-th
         component.  If N = 1, then DELTA(1) = 1.  The vector DELTA
         contains the information necessary to construct the
         (singular) eigenvectors.

RHO

          RHO is DOUBLE PRECISION
         The scalar in the symmetric updating formula.

SIGMA

          SIGMA is DOUBLE PRECISION
         The computed sigma_I, the I-th updated eigenvalue.

WORK

          WORK is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension ( N )
         If N .ne. 1, WORK contains (D(j) + sigma_I) in its  j-th
         component.  If N = 1, then WORK( 1 ) = 1.

INFO

          INFO is INTEGER
         = 0:  successful exit
         > 0:  if INFO = 1, the updating process failed.

Internal Parameters:

  Logical variable ORGATI (origin-at-i?) is used for distinguishing
  whether D(i) or D(i+1) is treated as the origin.
            ORGATI = .true.    origin at i
            ORGATI = .false.   origin at i+1
  Logical variable SWTCH3 (switch-for-3-poles?) is for noting
  if we are working with THREE poles!
  MAXIT is the maximum number of iterations allowed for each
  eigenvalue.

Author:

Univ. of Tennessee

Univ. of California Berkeley

Univ. of Colorado Denver

NAG Ltd.

Date:

: November 2013

Contributors:

: Ren-Cang Li, Computer Science Division, University of California at Berkeley, USA

subroutine dlasd5 (integer I, double precision, dimension( 2 ) D, double precision, dimension( 2 ) Z, double precision, dimension( 2 ) DELTA, double precision RHO, double precision DSIGMA, double precision, dimension( 2 ) WORK)

DLASD5 computes the square root of the i-th eigenvalue of a positive symmetric rank-one modification of a 2-by-2 diagonal matrix. Used by sbdsdc.

Purpose:

 This subroutine computes the square root of the I-th eigenvalue
 of a positive symmetric rank-one modification of a 2-by-2 diagonal
 matrix
            diag( D ) * diag( D ) +  RHO * Z * transpose(Z) .
 The diagonal entries in the array D are assumed to satisfy
            0 <= D(i) < D(j)  for  i < j .
 We also assume RHO > 0 and that the Euclidean norm of the vector
 Z is one.

Parameters:

          I is INTEGER
         The index of the eigenvalue to be computed.  I = 1 or I = 2.

          D is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension ( 2 )
         The original eigenvalues.  We assume 0 <= D(1) < D(2).

          Z is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension ( 2 )
         The components of the updating vector.

DELTA

          DELTA is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension ( 2 )
         Contains (D(j) - sigma_I) in its  j-th component.
         The vector DELTA contains the information necessary
         to construct the eigenvectors.

RHO

          RHO is DOUBLE PRECISION
         The scalar in the symmetric updating formula.

DSIGMA

          DSIGMA is DOUBLE PRECISION
         The computed sigma_I, the I-th updated eigenvalue.

WORK

          WORK is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension ( 2 )
         WORK contains (D(j) + sigma_I) in its  j-th component.

Author:

Univ. of Tennessee

Univ. of California Berkeley

Univ. of Colorado Denver

NAG Ltd.

Date:

: September 2012

Contributors:

: Ren-Cang Li, Computer Science Division, University of California at Berkeley, USA

subroutine dlasd6 (integer ICOMPQ, integer NL, integer NR, integer SQRE, double precision, dimension( * ) D, double precision, dimension( * ) VF, double precision, dimension( * ) VL, double precision ALPHA, double precision BETA, integer, dimension( * ) IDXQ, integer, dimension( * ) PERM, integer GIVPTR, integer, dimension( ldgcol, * ) GIVCOL, integer LDGCOL, double precision, dimension( ldgnum, * ) GIVNUM, integer LDGNUM, double precision, dimension( ldgnum, * ) POLES, double precision, dimension( * ) DIFL, double precision, dimension( * ) DIFR, double precision, dimension( * ) Z, integer K, double precision C, double precision S, double precision, dimension( * ) WORK, integer, dimension( * ) IWORK, integer INFO)

DLASD6 computes the SVD of an updated upper bidiagonal matrix obtained by merging two smaller ones by appending a row. Used by sbdsdc.

Purpose:

 DLASD6 computes the SVD of an updated upper bidiagonal matrix B
 obtained by merging two smaller ones by appending a row. This
 routine is used only for the problem which requires all singular
 values and optionally singular vector matrices in factored form.
 B is an N-by-M matrix with N = NL + NR + 1 and M = N + SQRE.
 A related subroutine, DLASD1, handles the case in which all singular
 values and singular vectors of the bidiagonal matrix are desired.
 DLASD6 computes the SVD as follows:
               ( D1(in)    0    0       0 )
   B = U(in) * (   Z1**T   a   Z2**T    b ) * VT(in)
               (   0       0   D2(in)   0 )
     = U(out) * ( D(out) 0) * VT(out)
 where Z**T = (Z1**T a Z2**T b) = u**T VT**T, and u is a vector of dimension M
 with ALPHA and BETA in the NL+1 and NL+2 th entries and zeros
 elsewhere; and the entry b is empty if SQRE = 0.
 The singular values of B can be computed using D1, D2, the first
 components of all the right singular vectors of the lower block, and
 the last components of all the right singular vectors of the upper
 block. These components are stored and updated in VF and VL,
 respectively, in DLASD6. Hence U and VT are not explicitly
 referenced.
 The singular values are stored in D. The algorithm consists of two
 stages:
       The first stage consists of deflating the size of the problem
       when there are multiple singular values or if there is a zero
       in the Z vector. For each such occurrence the dimension of the
       secular equation problem is reduced by one. This stage is
       performed by the routine DLASD7.
       The second stage consists of calculating the updated
       singular values. This is done by finding the roots of the
       secular equation via the routine DLASD4 (as called by DLASD8).
       This routine also updates VF and VL and computes the distances
       between the updated singular values and the old singular
       values.
 DLASD6 is called from DLASDA.

Parameters:

ICOMPQ

          ICOMPQ is INTEGER
         Specifies whether singular vectors are to be computed in
         factored form:
         = 0: Compute singular values only.
         = 1: Compute singular vectors in factored form as well.

          NL is INTEGER
         The row dimension of the upper block.  NL >= 1.

          NR is INTEGER
         The row dimension of the lower block.  NR >= 1.

SQRE

          SQRE is INTEGER
         = 0: the lower block is an NR-by-NR square matrix.
         = 1: the lower block is an NR-by-(NR+1) rectangular matrix.
         The bidiagonal matrix has row dimension N = NL + NR + 1,
         and column dimension M = N + SQRE.

          D is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension ( NL+NR+1 ).
         On entry D(1:NL,1:NL) contains the singular values of the
         upper block, and D(NL+2:N) contains the singular values
         of the lower block. On exit D(1:N) contains the singular
         values of the modified matrix.

          VF is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension ( M )
         On entry, VF(1:NL+1) contains the first components of all
         right singular vectors of the upper block; and VF(NL+2:M)
         contains the first components of all right singular vectors
         of the lower block. On exit, VF contains the first components
         of all right singular vectors of the bidiagonal matrix.

          VL is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension ( M )
         On entry, VL(1:NL+1) contains the  last components of all
         right singular vectors of the upper block; and VL(NL+2:M)
         contains the last components of all right singular vectors of
         the lower block. On exit, VL contains the last components of
         all right singular vectors of the bidiagonal matrix.

ALPHA

          ALPHA is DOUBLE PRECISION
         Contains the diagonal element associated with the added row.

BETA

          BETA is DOUBLE PRECISION
         Contains the off-diagonal element associated with the added
         row.

IDXQ

          IDXQ is INTEGER array, dimension ( N )
         This contains the permutation which will reintegrate the
         subproblem just solved back into sorted order, i.e.
         D( IDXQ( I = 1, N ) ) will be in ascending order.

PERM

          PERM is INTEGER array, dimension ( N )
         The permutations (from deflation and sorting) to be applied
         to each block. Not referenced if ICOMPQ = 0.

GIVPTR

          GIVPTR is INTEGER
         The number of Givens rotations which took place in this
         subproblem. Not referenced if ICOMPQ = 0.

GIVCOL

          GIVCOL is INTEGER array, dimension ( LDGCOL, 2 )
         Each pair of numbers indicates a pair of columns to take place
         in a Givens rotation. Not referenced if ICOMPQ = 0.

LDGCOL

          LDGCOL is INTEGER
         leading dimension of GIVCOL, must be at least N.

GIVNUM

          GIVNUM is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension ( LDGNUM, 2 )
         Each number indicates the C or S value to be used in the
         corresponding Givens rotation. Not referenced if ICOMPQ = 0.

LDGNUM

          LDGNUM is INTEGER
         The leading dimension of GIVNUM and POLES, must be at least N.

POLES

          POLES is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension ( LDGNUM, 2 )
         On exit, POLES(1,*) is an array containing the new singular
         values obtained from solving the secular equation, and
         POLES(2,*) is an array containing the poles in the secular
         equation. Not referenced if ICOMPQ = 0.

DIFL

          DIFL is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension ( N )
         On exit, DIFL(I) is the distance between I-th updated
         (undeflated) singular value and the I-th (undeflated) old
         singular value.

DIFR

          DIFR is DOUBLE PRECISION array,
                   dimension ( LDDIFR, 2 ) if ICOMPQ = 1 and
                   dimension ( K ) if ICOMPQ = 0.
          On exit, DIFR(I,1) = D(I) - DSIGMA(I+1), DIFR(K,1) is not
          defined and will not be referenced.
          If ICOMPQ = 1, DIFR(1:K,2) is an array containing the
          normalizing factors for the right singular vector matrix.
         See DLASD8 for details on DIFL and DIFR.

          Z is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension ( M )
         The first elements of this array contain the components
         of the deflation-adjusted updating row vector.

          K is INTEGER
         Contains the dimension of the non-deflated matrix,
         This is the order of the related secular equation. 1 <= K <=N.

          C is DOUBLE PRECISION
         C contains garbage if SQRE =0 and the C-value of a Givens
         rotation related to the right null space if SQRE = 1.

          S is DOUBLE PRECISION
         S contains garbage if SQRE =0 and the S-value of a Givens
         rotation related to the right null space if SQRE = 1.

WORK

          WORK is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension ( 4 * M )

IWORK

          IWORK is INTEGER array, dimension ( 3 * N )

INFO

          INFO is INTEGER
          = 0:  successful exit.
          < 0:  if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value.
          > 0:  if INFO = 1, a singular value did not converge

Author:

Univ. of Tennessee

Univ. of California Berkeley

Univ. of Colorado Denver

NAG Ltd.

Date:

: June 2016

Contributors:

: Ming Gu and Huan Ren, Computer Science Division, University of California at Berkeley, USA

subroutine dlasd7 (integer ICOMPQ, integer NL, integer NR, integer SQRE, integer K, double precision, dimension( * ) D, double precision, dimension( * ) Z, double precision, dimension( * ) ZW, double precision, dimension( * ) VF, double precision, dimension( * ) VFW, double precision, dimension( * ) VL, double precision, dimension( * ) VLW, double precision ALPHA, double precision BETA, double precision, dimension( * ) DSIGMA, integer, dimension( * ) IDX, integer, dimension( * ) IDXP, integer, dimension( * ) IDXQ, integer, dimension( * ) PERM, integer GIVPTR, integer, dimension( ldgcol, * ) GIVCOL, integer LDGCOL, double precision, dimension( ldgnum, * ) GIVNUM, integer LDGNUM, double precision C, double precision S, integer INFO)

DLASD7 merges the two sets of singular values together into a single sorted set. Then it tries to deflate the size of the problem. Used by sbdsdc.

Purpose:

 DLASD7 merges the two sets of singular values together into a single
 sorted set. Then it tries to deflate the size of the problem. There
 are two ways in which deflation can occur:  when two or more singular
 values are close together or if there is a tiny entry in the Z
 vector. For each such occurrence the order of the related
 secular equation problem is reduced by one.
 DLASD7 is called from DLASD6.

Parameters:

ICOMPQ

          ICOMPQ is INTEGER
          Specifies whether singular vectors are to be computed
          in compact form, as follows:
          = 0: Compute singular values only.
          = 1: Compute singular vectors of upper
               bidiagonal matrix in compact form.

          NL is INTEGER
         The row dimension of the upper block. NL >= 1.

          NR is INTEGER
         The row dimension of the lower block. NR >= 1.

SQRE

          SQRE is INTEGER
         = 0: the lower block is an NR-by-NR square matrix.
         = 1: the lower block is an NR-by-(NR+1) rectangular matrix.
         The bidiagonal matrix has
         N = NL + NR + 1 rows and
         M = N + SQRE >= N columns.

          K is INTEGER
         Contains the dimension of the non-deflated matrix, this is
         the order of the related secular equation. 1 <= K <=N.

          D is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension ( N )
         On entry D contains the singular values of the two submatrices
         to be combined. On exit D contains the trailing (N-K) updated
         singular values (those which were deflated) sorted into
         increasing order.

          Z is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension ( M )
         On exit Z contains the updating row vector in the secular
         equation.

          ZW is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension ( M )
         Workspace for Z.

          VF is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension ( M )
         On entry, VF(1:NL+1) contains the first components of all
         right singular vectors of the upper block; and VF(NL+2:M)
         contains the first components of all right singular vectors
         of the lower block. On exit, VF contains the first components
         of all right singular vectors of the bidiagonal matrix.

VFW

          VFW is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension ( M )
         Workspace for VF.

          VL is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension ( M )
         On entry, VL(1:NL+1) contains the  last components of all
         right singular vectors of the upper block; and VL(NL+2:M)
         contains the last components of all right singular vectors
         of the lower block. On exit, VL contains the last components
         of all right singular vectors of the bidiagonal matrix.

VLW

          VLW is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension ( M )
         Workspace for VL.

ALPHA

          ALPHA is DOUBLE PRECISION
         Contains the diagonal element associated with the added row.

BETA

          BETA is DOUBLE PRECISION
         Contains the off-diagonal element associated with the added
         row.

DSIGMA

          DSIGMA is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension ( N )
         Contains a copy of the diagonal elements (K-1 singular values
         and one zero) in the secular equation.

IDX

          IDX is INTEGER array, dimension ( N )
         This will contain the permutation used to sort the contents of
         D into ascending order.

IDXP

          IDXP is INTEGER array, dimension ( N )
         This will contain the permutation used to place deflated
         values of D at the end of the array. On output IDXP(2:K)
         points to the nondeflated D-values and IDXP(K+1:N)
         points to the deflated singular values.

IDXQ

          IDXQ is INTEGER array, dimension ( N )
         This contains the permutation which separately sorts the two
         sub-problems in D into ascending order.  Note that entries in
         the first half of this permutation must first be moved one
         position backward; and entries in the second half
         must first have NL+1 added to their values.

PERM

          PERM is INTEGER array, dimension ( N )
         The permutations (from deflation and sorting) to be applied
         to each singular block. Not referenced if ICOMPQ = 0.

GIVPTR

          GIVPTR is INTEGER
         The number of Givens rotations which took place in this
         subproblem. Not referenced if ICOMPQ = 0.

GIVCOL

          GIVCOL is INTEGER array, dimension ( LDGCOL, 2 )
         Each pair of numbers indicates a pair of columns to take place
         in a Givens rotation. Not referenced if ICOMPQ = 0.

LDGCOL

          LDGCOL is INTEGER
         The leading dimension of GIVCOL, must be at least N.

GIVNUM

          GIVNUM is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension ( LDGNUM, 2 )
         Each number indicates the C or S value to be used in the
         corresponding Givens rotation. Not referenced if ICOMPQ = 0.

LDGNUM

          LDGNUM is INTEGER
         The leading dimension of GIVNUM, must be at least N.

          C is DOUBLE PRECISION
         C contains garbage if SQRE =0 and the C-value of a Givens
         rotation related to the right null space if SQRE = 1.

          S is DOUBLE PRECISION
         S contains garbage if SQRE =0 and the S-value of a Givens
         rotation related to the right null space if SQRE = 1.

INFO

          INFO is INTEGER
         = 0:  successful exit.
         < 0:  if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value.

Author:

Univ. of Tennessee

Univ. of California Berkeley

Univ. of Colorado Denver

NAG Ltd.

Date:

: September 2012

Contributors:

: Ming Gu and Huan Ren, Computer Science Division, University of California at Berkeley, USA

subroutine dlasd8 (integer ICOMPQ, integer K, double precision, dimension( * ) D, double precision, dimension( * ) Z, double precision, dimension( * ) VF, double precision, dimension( * ) VL, double precision, dimension( * ) DIFL, double precision, dimension( lddifr, * ) DIFR, integer LDDIFR, double precision, dimension( * ) DSIGMA, double precision, dimension( * ) WORK, integer INFO)

DLASD8 finds the square roots of the roots of the secular equation, and stores, for each element in D, the distance to its two nearest poles. Used by sbdsdc.

Purpose:

 DLASD8 finds the square roots of the roots of the secular equation,
 as defined by the values in DSIGMA and Z. It makes the appropriate
 calls to DLASD4, and stores, for each  element in D, the distance
 to its two nearest poles (elements in DSIGMA). It also updates
 the arrays VF and VL, the first and last components of all the
 right singular vectors of the original bidiagonal matrix.
 DLASD8 is called from DLASD6.

Parameters:

ICOMPQ

          ICOMPQ is INTEGER
          Specifies whether singular vectors are to be computed in
          factored form in the calling routine:
          = 0: Compute singular values only.
          = 1: Compute singular vectors in factored form as well.

          K is INTEGER
          The number of terms in the rational function to be solved
          by DLASD4.  K >= 1.

          D is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension ( K )
          On output, D contains the updated singular values.

          Z is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension ( K )
          On entry, the first K elements of this array contain the
          components of the deflation-adjusted updating row vector.
          On exit, Z is updated.

          VF is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension ( K )
          On entry, VF contains  information passed through DBEDE8.
          On exit, VF contains the first K components of the first
          components of all right singular vectors of the bidiagonal
          matrix.

          VL is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension ( K )
          On entry, VL contains  information passed through DBEDE8.
          On exit, VL contains the first K components of the last
          components of all right singular vectors of the bidiagonal
          matrix.

DIFL

          DIFL is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension ( K )
          On exit, DIFL(I) = D(I) - DSIGMA(I).

DIFR

          DIFR is DOUBLE PRECISION array,
                   dimension ( LDDIFR, 2 ) if ICOMPQ = 1 and
                   dimension ( K ) if ICOMPQ = 0.
          On exit, DIFR(I,1) = D(I) - DSIGMA(I+1), DIFR(K,1) is not
          defined and will not be referenced.
          If ICOMPQ = 1, DIFR(1:K,2) is an array containing the
          normalizing factors for the right singular vector matrix.

LDDIFR

          LDDIFR is INTEGER
          The leading dimension of DIFR, must be at least K.

DSIGMA

          DSIGMA is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension ( K )
          On entry, the first K elements of this array contain the old
          roots of the deflated updating problem.  These are the poles
          of the secular equation.
          On exit, the elements of DSIGMA may be very slightly altered
          in value.

WORK

          WORK is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension at least 3 * K

INFO

          INFO is INTEGER
          = 0:  successful exit.
          < 0:  if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value.
          > 0:  if INFO = 1, a singular value did not converge

Author:

Univ. of Tennessee

Univ. of California Berkeley

Univ. of Colorado Denver

NAG Ltd.

Date:

: November 2015

Contributors:

: Ming Gu and Huan Ren, Computer Science Division, University of California at Berkeley, USA

subroutine dlasda (integer ICOMPQ, integer SMLSIZ, integer N, integer SQRE, double precision, dimension( * ) D, double precision, dimension( * ) E, double precision, dimension( ldu, * ) U, integer LDU, double precision, dimension( ldu, * ) VT, integer, dimension( * ) K, double precision, dimension( ldu, * ) DIFL, double precision, dimension( ldu, * ) DIFR, double precision, dimension( ldu, * ) Z, double precision, dimension( ldu, * ) POLES, integer, dimension( * ) GIVPTR, integer, dimension( ldgcol, * ) GIVCOL, integer LDGCOL, integer, dimension( ldgcol, * ) PERM, double precision, dimension( ldu, * ) GIVNUM, double precision, dimension( * ) C, double precision, dimension( * ) S, double precision, dimension( * ) WORK, integer, dimension( * ) IWORK, integer INFO)

DLASDA computes the singular value decomposition (SVD) of a real upper bidiagonal matrix with diagonal d and off-diagonal e. Used by sbdsdc.

Purpose:

 Using a divide and conquer approach, DLASDA computes the singular
 value decomposition (SVD) of a real upper bidiagonal N-by-M matrix
 B with diagonal D and offdiagonal E, where M = N + SQRE. The
 algorithm computes the singular values in the SVD B = U * S * VT.
 The orthogonal matrices U and VT are optionally computed in
 compact form.
 A related subroutine, DLASD0, computes the singular values and
 the singular vectors in explicit form.

Parameters:

ICOMPQ

          ICOMPQ is INTEGER
         Specifies whether singular vectors are to be computed
         in compact form, as follows
         = 0: Compute singular values only.
         = 1: Compute singular vectors of upper bidiagonal
              matrix in compact form.

SMLSIZ

          SMLSIZ is INTEGER
         The maximum size of the subproblems at the bottom of the
         computation tree.

          N is INTEGER
         The row dimension of the upper bidiagonal matrix. This is
         also the dimension of the main diagonal array D.

SQRE

          SQRE is INTEGER
         Specifies the column dimension of the bidiagonal matrix.
         = 0: The bidiagonal matrix has column dimension M = N;
         = 1: The bidiagonal matrix has column dimension M = N + 1.

          D is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension ( N )
         On entry D contains the main diagonal of the bidiagonal
         matrix. On exit D, if INFO = 0, contains its singular values.

          E is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension ( M-1 )
         Contains the subdiagonal entries of the bidiagonal matrix.
         On exit, E has been destroyed.

          U is DOUBLE PRECISION array,
         dimension ( LDU, SMLSIZ ) if ICOMPQ = 1, and not referenced
         if ICOMPQ = 0. If ICOMPQ = 1, on exit, U contains the left
         singular vector matrices of all subproblems at the bottom
         level.

LDU

          LDU is INTEGER, LDU = > N.
         The leading dimension of arrays U, VT, DIFL, DIFR, POLES,
         GIVNUM, and Z.

          VT is DOUBLE PRECISION array,
         dimension ( LDU, SMLSIZ+1 ) if ICOMPQ = 1, and not referenced
         if ICOMPQ = 0. If ICOMPQ = 1, on exit, VT**T contains the right
         singular vector matrices of all subproblems at the bottom
         level.

          K is INTEGER array,
         dimension ( N ) if ICOMPQ = 1 and dimension 1 if ICOMPQ = 0.
         If ICOMPQ = 1, on exit, K(I) is the dimension of the I-th
         secular equation on the computation tree.

DIFL

          DIFL is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension ( LDU, NLVL ),
         where NLVL = floor(log_2 (N/SMLSIZ))).

DIFR

          DIFR is DOUBLE PRECISION array,
                  dimension ( LDU, 2 * NLVL ) if ICOMPQ = 1 and
                  dimension ( N ) if ICOMPQ = 0.
         If ICOMPQ = 1, on exit, DIFL(1:N, I) and DIFR(1:N, 2 * I - 1)
         record distances between singular values on the I-th
         level and singular values on the (I -1)-th level, and
         DIFR(1:N, 2 * I ) contains the normalizing factors for
         the right singular vector matrix. See DLASD8 for details.

          Z is DOUBLE PRECISION array,
                  dimension ( LDU, NLVL ) if ICOMPQ = 1 and
                  dimension ( N ) if ICOMPQ = 0.
         The first K elements of Z(1, I) contain the components of
         the deflation-adjusted updating row vector for subproblems
         on the I-th level.

POLES

          POLES is DOUBLE PRECISION array,
         dimension ( LDU, 2 * NLVL ) if ICOMPQ = 1, and not referenced
         if ICOMPQ = 0. If ICOMPQ = 1, on exit, POLES(1, 2*I - 1) and
         POLES(1, 2*I) contain  the new and old singular values
         involved in the secular equations on the I-th level.

GIVPTR

          GIVPTR is INTEGER array,
         dimension ( N ) if ICOMPQ = 1, and not referenced if
         ICOMPQ = 0. If ICOMPQ = 1, on exit, GIVPTR( I ) records
         the number of Givens rotations performed on the I-th
         problem on the computation tree.

GIVCOL

          GIVCOL is INTEGER array,
         dimension ( LDGCOL, 2 * NLVL ) if ICOMPQ = 1, and not
         referenced if ICOMPQ = 0. If ICOMPQ = 1, on exit, for each I,
         GIVCOL(1, 2 *I - 1) and GIVCOL(1, 2 *I) record the locations
         of Givens rotations performed on the I-th level on the
         computation tree.

LDGCOL

          LDGCOL is INTEGER, LDGCOL = > N.
         The leading dimension of arrays GIVCOL and PERM.

PERM

          PERM is INTEGER array,
         dimension ( LDGCOL, NLVL ) if ICOMPQ = 1, and not referenced
         if ICOMPQ = 0. If ICOMPQ = 1, on exit, PERM(1, I) records
         permutations done on the I-th level of the computation tree.

GIVNUM

          GIVNUM is DOUBLE PRECISION array,
         dimension ( LDU,  2 * NLVL ) if ICOMPQ = 1, and not
         referenced if ICOMPQ = 0. If ICOMPQ = 1, on exit, for each I,
         GIVNUM(1, 2 *I - 1) and GIVNUM(1, 2 *I) record the C- and S-
         values of Givens rotations performed on the I-th level on
         the computation tree.

          C is DOUBLE PRECISION array,
         dimension ( N ) if ICOMPQ = 1, and dimension 1 if ICOMPQ = 0.
         If ICOMPQ = 1 and the I-th subproblem is not square, on exit,
         C( I ) contains the C-value of a Givens rotation related to
         the right null space of the I-th subproblem.

          S is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension ( N ) if
         ICOMPQ = 1, and dimension 1 if ICOMPQ = 0. If ICOMPQ = 1
         and the I-th subproblem is not square, on exit, S( I )
         contains the S-value of a Givens rotation related to
         the right null space of the I-th subproblem.

WORK

          WORK is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension
         (6 * N + (SMLSIZ + 1)*(SMLSIZ + 1)).

IWORK

          IWORK is INTEGER array.
         Dimension must be at least (7 * N).

INFO

          INFO is INTEGER
          = 0:  successful exit.
          < 0:  if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value.
          > 0:  if INFO = 1, a singular value did not converge

Author:

Univ. of Tennessee

Univ. of California Berkeley

Univ. of Colorado Denver

NAG Ltd.

Date:

: September 2012

Contributors:

: Ming Gu and Huan Ren, Computer Science Division, University of California at Berkeley, USA

subroutine dlasdq (character UPLO, integer SQRE, integer N, integer NCVT, integer NRU, integer NCC, double precision, dimension( * ) D, double precision, dimension( * ) E, double precision, dimension( ldvt, * ) VT, integer LDVT, double precision, dimension( ldu, * ) U, integer LDU, double precision, dimension( ldc, * ) C, integer LDC, double precision, dimension( * ) WORK, integer INFO)

DLASDQ computes the SVD of a real bidiagonal matrix with diagonal d and off-diagonal e. Used by sbdsdc.

Purpose:

 DLASDQ computes the singular value decomposition (SVD) of a real
 (upper or lower) bidiagonal matrix with diagonal D and offdiagonal
 E, accumulating the transformations if desired. Letting B denote
 the input bidiagonal matrix, the algorithm computes orthogonal
 matrices Q and P such that B = Q * S * P**T (P**T denotes the transpose
 of P). The singular values S are overwritten on D.
 The input matrix U  is changed to U  * Q  if desired.
 The input matrix VT is changed to P**T * VT if desired.
 The input matrix C  is changed to Q**T * C  if desired.
 See "Computing  Small Singular Values of Bidiagonal Matrices With
 Guaranteed High Relative Accuracy," by J. Demmel and W. Kahan,
 LAPACK Working Note #3, for a detailed description of the algorithm.

Parameters:

UPLO

          UPLO is CHARACTER*1
        On entry, UPLO specifies whether the input bidiagonal matrix
        is upper or lower bidiagonal, and whether it is square are
        not.
           UPLO = 'U' or 'u'   B is upper bidiagonal.
           UPLO = 'L' or 'l'   B is lower bidiagonal.

SQRE

          SQRE is INTEGER
        = 0: then the input matrix is N-by-N.
        = 1: then the input matrix is N-by-(N+1) if UPLU = 'U' and
             (N+1)-by-N if UPLU = 'L'.
        The bidiagonal matrix has
        N = NL + NR + 1 rows and
        M = N + SQRE >= N columns.

          N is INTEGER
        On entry, N specifies the number of rows and columns
        in the matrix. N must be at least 0.

NCVT

          NCVT is INTEGER
        On entry, NCVT specifies the number of columns of
        the matrix VT. NCVT must be at least 0.

NRU

          NRU is INTEGER
        On entry, NRU specifies the number of rows of
        the matrix U. NRU must be at least 0.

NCC

          NCC is INTEGER
        On entry, NCC specifies the number of columns of
        the matrix C. NCC must be at least 0.

          D is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N)
        On entry, D contains the diagonal entries of the
        bidiagonal matrix whose SVD is desired. On normal exit,
        D contains the singular values in ascending order.

          E is DOUBLE PRECISION array.
        dimension is (N-1) if SQRE = 0 and N if SQRE = 1.
        On entry, the entries of E contain the offdiagonal entries
        of the bidiagonal matrix whose SVD is desired. On normal
        exit, E will contain 0. If the algorithm does not converge,
        D and E will contain the diagonal and superdiagonal entries
        of a bidiagonal matrix orthogonally equivalent to the one
        given as input.

          VT is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDVT, NCVT)
        On entry, contains a matrix which on exit has been
        premultiplied by P**T, dimension N-by-NCVT if SQRE = 0
        and (N+1)-by-NCVT if SQRE = 1 (not referenced if NCVT=0).

LDVT

          LDVT is INTEGER
        On entry, LDVT specifies the leading dimension of VT as
        declared in the calling (sub) program. LDVT must be at
        least 1. If NCVT is nonzero LDVT must also be at least N.

          U is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDU, N)
        On entry, contains a  matrix which on exit has been
        postmultiplied by Q, dimension NRU-by-N if SQRE = 0
        and NRU-by-(N+1) if SQRE = 1 (not referenced if NRU=0).

LDU

          LDU is INTEGER
        On entry, LDU  specifies the leading dimension of U as
        declared in the calling (sub) program. LDU must be at
        least max( 1, NRU ) .

          C is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDC, NCC)
        On entry, contains an N-by-NCC matrix which on exit
        has been premultiplied by Q**T  dimension N-by-NCC if SQRE = 0
        and (N+1)-by-NCC if SQRE = 1 (not referenced if NCC=0).

LDC

          LDC is INTEGER
        On entry, LDC  specifies the leading dimension of C as
        declared in the calling (sub) program. LDC must be at
        least 1. If NCC is nonzero, LDC must also be at least N.

WORK

          WORK is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (4*N)
        Workspace. Only referenced if one of NCVT, NRU, or NCC is
        nonzero, and if N is at least 2.

INFO

          INFO is INTEGER
        On exit, a value of 0 indicates a successful exit.
        If INFO < 0, argument number -INFO is illegal.
        If INFO > 0, the algorithm did not converge, and INFO
        specifies how many superdiagonals did not converge.

Author:

Univ. of Tennessee

Univ. of California Berkeley

Univ. of Colorado Denver

NAG Ltd.

Date:

: June 2016

Contributors:

: Ming Gu and Huan Ren, Computer Science Division, University of California at Berkeley, USA

subroutine dlasdt (integer N, integer LVL, integer ND, integer, dimension( * ) INODE, integer, dimension( * ) NDIML, integer, dimension( * ) NDIMR, integer MSUB)

DLASDT creates a tree of subproblems for bidiagonal divide and conquer. Used by sbdsdc.

Purpose:

 DLASDT creates a tree of subproblems for bidiagonal divide and
 conquer.

Parameters:

          N is INTEGER
          On entry, the number of diagonal elements of the
          bidiagonal matrix.

LVL

          LVL is INTEGER
          On exit, the number of levels on the computation tree.

          ND is INTEGER
          On exit, the number of nodes on the tree.

INODE

          INODE is INTEGER array, dimension ( N )
          On exit, centers of subproblems.

NDIML

          NDIML is INTEGER array, dimension ( N )
          On exit, row dimensions of left children.

NDIMR

          NDIMR is INTEGER array, dimension ( N )
          On exit, row dimensions of right children.

MSUB

          MSUB is INTEGER
          On entry, the maximum row dimension each subproblem at the
          bottom of the tree can be of.

Author:

Univ. of Tennessee

Univ. of California Berkeley

Univ. of Colorado Denver

NAG Ltd.

Date:

: September 2012

Contributors:

: Ming Gu and Huan Ren, Computer Science Division, University of California at Berkeley, USA

subroutine dlaset (character UPLO, integer M, integer N, double precision ALPHA, double precision BETA, double precision, dimension( lda, * ) A, integer LDA)

DLASET initializes the off-diagonal elements and the diagonal elements of a matrix to given values.

Purpose:

 DLASET initializes an m-by-n matrix A to BETA on the diagonal and
 ALPHA on the offdiagonals.

Parameters:

UPLO

          UPLO is CHARACTER*1
          Specifies the part of the matrix A to be set.
          = 'U':      Upper triangular part is set; the strictly lower
                      triangular part of A is not changed.
          = 'L':      Lower triangular part is set; the strictly upper
                      triangular part of A is not changed.
          Otherwise:  All of the matrix A is set.

          M is INTEGER
          The number of rows of the matrix A.  M >= 0.

          N is INTEGER
          The number of columns of the matrix A.  N >= 0.

ALPHA

          ALPHA is DOUBLE PRECISION
          The constant to which the offdiagonal elements are to be set.

BETA

          BETA is DOUBLE PRECISION
          The constant to which the diagonal elements are to be set.

          A is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDA,N)
          On exit, the leading m-by-n submatrix of A is set as follows:
          if UPLO = 'U', A(i,j) = ALPHA, 1<=i<=j-1, 1<=j<=n,
          if UPLO = 'L', A(i,j) = ALPHA, j+1<=i<=m, 1<=j<=n,
          otherwise,     A(i,j) = ALPHA, 1<=i<=m, 1<=j<=n, i.ne.j,
          and, for all UPLO, A(i,i) = BETA, 1<=i<=min(m,n).

LDA

          LDA is INTEGER
          The leading dimension of the array A.  LDA >= max(1,M).

Author:

Univ. of Tennessee

Univ. of California Berkeley

Univ. of Colorado Denver

NAG Ltd.

Date:

: November 2015

subroutine dlasr (character SIDE, character PIVOT, character DIRECT, integer M, integer N, double precision, dimension( * ) C, double precision, dimension( * ) S, double precision, dimension( lda, * ) A, integer LDA)

DLASR applies a sequence of plane rotations to a general rectangular matrix.

Purpose:

 DLASR applies a sequence of plane rotations to a real matrix A,
 from either the left or the right.
 
 When SIDE = 'L', the transformation takes the form
 
    A := P*A
 
 and when SIDE = 'R', the transformation takes the form
 
    A := A*P**T
 
 where P is an orthogonal matrix consisting of a sequence of z plane
 rotations, with z = M when SIDE = 'L' and z = N when SIDE = 'R',
 and P**T is the transpose of P.
 
 When DIRECT = 'F' (Forward sequence), then
 
    P = P(z-1) * ... * P(2) * P(1)
 
 and when DIRECT = 'B' (Backward sequence), then
 
    P = P(1) * P(2) * ... * P(z-1)
 
 where P(k) is a plane rotation matrix defined by the 2-by-2 rotation
 
    R(k) = (  c(k)  s(k) )
         = ( -s(k)  c(k) ).
 
 When PIVOT = 'V' (Variable pivot), the rotation is performed
 for the plane (k,k+1), i.e., P(k) has the form
 
    P(k) = (  1                                            )
           (       ...                                     )
           (              1                                )
           (                   c(k)  s(k)                  )
           (                  -s(k)  c(k)                  )
           (                                1              )
           (                                     ...       )
           (                                            1  )
 
 where R(k) appears as a rank-2 modification to the identity matrix in
 rows and columns k and k+1.
 
 When PIVOT = 'T' (Top pivot), the rotation is performed for the
 plane (1,k+1), so P(k) has the form
 
    P(k) = (  c(k)                    s(k)                 )
           (         1                                     )
           (              ...                              )
           (                     1                         )
           ( -s(k)                    c(k)                 )
           (                                 1             )
           (                                      ...      )
           (                                             1 )
 
 where R(k) appears in rows and columns 1 and k+1.
 
 Similarly, when PIVOT = 'B' (Bottom pivot), the rotation is
 performed for the plane (k,z), giving P(k) the form
 
    P(k) = ( 1                                             )
           (      ...                                      )
           (             1                                 )
           (                  c(k)                    s(k) )
           (                         1                     )
           (                              ...              )
           (                                     1         )
           (                 -s(k)                    c(k) )
 
 where R(k) appears in rows and columns k and z.  The rotations are
 performed without ever forming P(k) explicitly.

Parameters:

SIDE

          SIDE is CHARACTER*1
          Specifies whether the plane rotation matrix P is applied to
          A on the left or the right.
          = 'L':  Left, compute A := P*A
          = 'R':  Right, compute A:= A*P**T

PIVOT

          PIVOT is CHARACTER*1
          Specifies the plane for which P(k) is a plane rotation
          matrix.
          = 'V':  Variable pivot, the plane (k,k+1)
          = 'T':  Top pivot, the plane (1,k+1)
          = 'B':  Bottom pivot, the plane (k,z)

DIRECT

          DIRECT is CHARACTER*1
          Specifies whether P is a forward or backward sequence of
          plane rotations.
          = 'F':  Forward, P = P(z-1)*...*P(2)*P(1)
          = 'B':  Backward, P = P(1)*P(2)*...*P(z-1)

          M is INTEGER
          The number of rows of the matrix A.  If m <= 1, an immediate
          return is effected.

          N is INTEGER
          The number of columns of the matrix A.  If n <= 1, an
          immediate return is effected.

          C is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension
                  (M-1) if SIDE = 'L'
                  (N-1) if SIDE = 'R'
          The cosines c(k) of the plane rotations.

          S is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension
                  (M-1) if SIDE = 'L'
                  (N-1) if SIDE = 'R'
          The sines s(k) of the plane rotations.  The 2-by-2 plane
          rotation part of the matrix P(k), R(k), has the form
          R(k) = (  c(k)  s(k) )
                 ( -s(k)  c(k) ).

          A is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDA,N)
          The M-by-N matrix A.  On exit, A is overwritten by P*A if
          SIDE = 'R' or by A*P**T if SIDE = 'L'.

LDA

          LDA is INTEGER
          The leading dimension of the array A.  LDA >= max(1,M).

Author:

Univ. of Tennessee

Univ. of California Berkeley

Univ. of Colorado Denver

NAG Ltd.

Date:

: September 2012

subroutine dlassq (integer N, double precision, dimension( * ) X, integer INCX, double precision SCALE, double precision SUMSQ)

DLASSQ updates a sum of squares represented in scaled form.

Purpose:

 DLASSQ  returns the values  scl  and  smsq  such that
    ( scl**2 )*smsq = x( 1 )**2 +...+ x( n )**2 + ( scale**2 )*sumsq,
 where  x( i ) = X( 1 + ( i - 1 )*INCX ). The value of  sumsq  is
 assumed to be non-negative and  scl  returns the value
    scl = max( scale, abs( x( i ) ) ).
 scale and sumsq must be supplied in SCALE and SUMSQ and
 scl and smsq are overwritten on SCALE and SUMSQ respectively.
 The routine makes only one pass through the vector x.

Parameters:

          N is INTEGER
          The number of elements to be used from the vector X.

          X is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (N)
          The vector for which a scaled sum of squares is computed.
             x( i )  = X( 1 + ( i - 1 )*INCX ), 1 <= i <= n.

INCX

          INCX is INTEGER
          The increment between successive values of the vector X.
          INCX > 0.

SCALE

          SCALE is DOUBLE PRECISION
          On entry, the value  scale  in the equation above.
          On exit, SCALE is overwritten with  scl , the scaling factor
          for the sum of squares.

SUMSQ

          SUMSQ is DOUBLE PRECISION
          On entry, the value  sumsq  in the equation above.
          On exit, SUMSQ is overwritten with  smsq , the basic sum of
          squares from which  scl  has been factored out.

Author:

Univ. of Tennessee

Univ. of California Berkeley

Univ. of Colorado Denver

NAG Ltd.

Date:

: September 2012

subroutine dlasv2 (double precision F, double precision G, double precision H, double precision SSMIN, double precision SSMAX, double precision SNR, double precision CSR, double precision SNL, double precision CSL)

DLASV2 computes the singular value decomposition of a 2-by-2 triangular matrix.

Purpose:

 DLASV2 computes the singular value decomposition of a 2-by-2
 triangular matrix
    [  F   G  ]
    [  0   H  ].
 On return, abs(SSMAX) is the larger singular value, abs(SSMIN) is the
 smaller singular value, and (CSL,SNL) and (CSR,SNR) are the left and
 right singular vectors for abs(SSMAX), giving the decomposition
    [ CSL  SNL ] [  F   G  ] [ CSR -SNR ]  =  [ SSMAX   0   ]
    [-SNL  CSL ] [  0   H  ] [ SNR  CSR ]     [  0    SSMIN ].

Parameters:

          F is DOUBLE PRECISION
          The (1,1) element of the 2-by-2 matrix.

          G is DOUBLE PRECISION
          The (1,2) element of the 2-by-2 matrix.

          H is DOUBLE PRECISION
          The (2,2) element of the 2-by-2 matrix.

SSMIN

          SSMIN is DOUBLE PRECISION
          abs(SSMIN) is the smaller singular value.

SSMAX

          SSMAX is DOUBLE PRECISION
          abs(SSMAX) is the larger singular value.

SNL

          SNL is DOUBLE PRECISION

CSL

          CSL is DOUBLE PRECISION
          The vector (CSL, SNL) is a unit left singular vector for the
          singular value abs(SSMAX).

SNR

          SNR is DOUBLE PRECISION

CSR

          CSR is DOUBLE PRECISION
          The vector (CSR, SNR) is a unit right singular vector for the
          singular value abs(SSMAX).

Author:

Univ. of Tennessee

Univ. of California Berkeley

Univ. of Colorado Denver

NAG Ltd.

Date:

: September 2012

Further Details:

  Any input parameter may be aliased with any output parameter.
  Barring over/underflow and assuming a guard digit in subtraction, all
  output quantities are correct to within a few units in the last
  place (ulps).
  In IEEE arithmetic, the code works correctly if one matrix element is
  infinite.
  Overflow will not occur unless the largest singular value itself
  overflows or is within a few ulps of overflow. (On machines with
  partial overflow, like the Cray, overflow may occur if the largest
  singular value is within a factor of 2 of overflow.)
  Underflow is harmless if underflow is gradual. Otherwise, results
  may correspond to a matrix modified by perturbations of size near
  the underflow threshold.

double precision function dsecnd ()

DSECND Using ETIME DSECND returns nothing

DSECND Using the INTERNAL function ETIME.

DSECND Using INTERNAL function CPU_TIME.

DSECND Using ETIME_

Purpose:

  DSECND returns the user time for a process in seconds.
  This version gets the time from the EXTERNAL system function ETIME.

Author:

Univ. of Tennessee

Univ. of California Berkeley

Univ. of Colorado Denver

NAG Ltd.

Date:

: November 2011

Purpose:

  DSECND returns the user time for a process in seconds.
  This version gets the time from the system function ETIME_.

Author:

Univ. of Tennessee

Univ. of California Berkeley

Univ. of Colorado Denver

NAG Ltd.

Date:

: November 2011

Purpose:

  DSECND returns the user time for a process in seconds.
  This version gets the time from the INTERNAL function CPU_TIME.

Author:

Univ. of Tennessee

Univ. of California Berkeley

Univ. of Colorado Denver

NAG Ltd.

Date:

: November 2011

Purpose:

  DSECND returns the user time for a process in seconds.
  This version gets the time from the INTERNAL function ETIME.

Author:

Univ. of Tennessee

Univ. of California Berkeley

Univ. of Colorado Denver

NAG Ltd.

Date:

: November 2011

Purpose:

  DSECND returns nothing instead of returning the user time for a process in seconds.
  If you are using that routine, it means that neither EXTERNAL ETIME,
  EXTERNAL ETIME_, INTERNAL ETIME, INTERNAL CPU_TIME is available  on
  your machine.

Author:

Univ. of Tennessee

Univ. of California Berkeley

Univ. of Colorado Denver

NAG Ltd.

Date:

: November 2011

integer function ieeeck (integer ISPEC, real ZERO, real ONE)

IEEECK

Purpose:

 IEEECK is called from the ILAENV to verify that Infinity and
 possibly NaN arithmetic is safe (i.e. will not trap).

Parameters:

ISPEC

          ISPEC is INTEGER
          Specifies whether to test just for inifinity arithmetic
          or whether to test for infinity and NaN arithmetic.
          = 0: Verify infinity arithmetic only.
          = 1: Verify infinity and NaN arithmetic.

ZERO

          ZERO is REAL
          Must contain the value 0.0
          This is passed to prevent the compiler from optimizing
          away this code.

ONE

          ONE is REAL
          Must contain the value 1.0
          This is passed to prevent the compiler from optimizing
          away this code.
  RETURN VALUE:  INTEGER
          = 0:  Arithmetic failed to produce the correct answers
          = 1:  Arithmetic produced the correct answers

Author:

Univ. of Tennessee

Univ. of California Berkeley

Univ. of Colorado Denver

NAG Ltd.

Date:

: November 2011

integer function iladlc (integer M, integer N, double precision, dimension( lda, * ) A, integer LDA)

ILADLC scans a matrix for its last non-zero column.

Purpose:

 ILADLC scans A for its last non-zero column.

Parameters:

          M is INTEGER
          The number of rows of the matrix A.

          N is INTEGER
          The number of columns of the matrix A.

          A is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDA,N)
          The m by n matrix A.

LDA

          LDA is INTEGER
          The leading dimension of the array A. LDA >= max(1,M).

Author:

Univ. of Tennessee

Univ. of California Berkeley

Univ. of Colorado Denver

NAG Ltd.

Date:

: September 2012

integer function iladlr (integer M, integer N, double precision, dimension( lda, * ) A, integer LDA)

ILADLR scans a matrix for its last non-zero row.

Purpose:

 ILADLR scans A for its last non-zero row.

Parameters:

          M is INTEGER
          The number of rows of the matrix A.

          N is INTEGER
          The number of columns of the matrix A.

          A is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDA,N)
          The m by n matrix A.

LDA

          LDA is INTEGER
          The leading dimension of the array A. LDA >= max(1,M).

Author:

Univ. of Tennessee

Univ. of California Berkeley

Univ. of Colorado Denver

NAG Ltd.

Date:

: September 2012

integer function ilaenv (integer ISPEC, character( ) NAME, character( ) OPTS, integer N1, integer N2, integer N3, integer N4)

ILAENV

Purpose:

 ILAENV is called from the LAPACK routines to choose problem-dependent
 parameters for the local environment.  See ISPEC for a description of
 the parameters.
 ILAENV returns an INTEGER
 if ILAENV >= 0: ILAENV returns the value of the parameter specified by ISPEC
 if ILAENV < 0:  if ILAENV = -k, the k-th argument had an illegal value.
 This version provides a set of parameters which should give good,
 but not optimal, performance on many of the currently available
 computers.  Users are encouraged to modify this subroutine to set
 the tuning parameters for their particular machine using the option
 and problem size information in the arguments.
 This routine will not function correctly if it is converted to all
 lower case.  Converting it to all upper case is allowed.

Parameters:

ISPEC

          ISPEC is INTEGER
          Specifies the parameter to be returned as the value of
          ILAENV.
          = 1: the optimal blocksize; if this value is 1, an unblocked
               algorithm will give the best performance.
          = 2: the minimum block size for which the block routine
               should be used; if the usable block size is less than
               this value, an unblocked routine should be used.
          = 3: the crossover point (in a block routine, for N less
               than this value, an unblocked routine should be used)
          = 4: the number of shifts, used in the nonsymmetric
               eigenvalue routines (DEPRECATED)
          = 5: the minimum column dimension for blocking to be used;
               rectangular blocks must have dimension at least k by m,
               where k is given by ILAENV(2,...) and m by ILAENV(5,...)
          = 6: the crossover point for the SVD (when reducing an m by n
               matrix to bidiagonal form, if max(m,n)/min(m,n) exceeds
               this value, a QR factorization is used first to reduce
               the matrix to a triangular form.)
          = 7: the number of processors
          = 8: the crossover point for the multishift QR method
               for nonsymmetric eigenvalue problems (DEPRECATED)
          = 9: maximum size of the subproblems at the bottom of the
               computation tree in the divide-and-conquer algorithm
               (used by xGELSD and xGESDD)
          =10: ieee NaN arithmetic can be trusted not to trap
          =11: infinity arithmetic can be trusted not to trap
          12 <= ISPEC <= 16:
               xHSEQR or related subroutines,
               see IPARMQ for detailed explanation

NAME

          NAME is CHARACTER*(*)
          The name of the calling subroutine, in either upper case or
          lower case.

OPTS

          OPTS is CHARACTER*(*)
          The character options to the subroutine NAME, concatenated
          into a single character string.  For example, UPLO = 'U',
          TRANS = 'T', and DIAG = 'N' for a triangular routine would
          be specified as OPTS = 'UTN'.

          N1 is INTEGER

          N2 is INTEGER

          N3 is INTEGER

          N4 is INTEGER
          Problem dimensions for the subroutine NAME; these may not all
          be required.

Author:

Univ. of Tennessee

Univ. of California Berkeley

Univ. of Colorado Denver

NAG Ltd.

Date:

: June 2016

Further Details:

  The following conventions have been used when calling ILAENV from the
  LAPACK routines:
  1)  OPTS is a concatenation of all of the character options to
      subroutine NAME, in the same order that they appear in the
      argument list for NAME, even if they are not used in determining
      the value of the parameter specified by ISPEC.
  2)  The problem dimensions N1, N2, N3, N4 are specified in the order
      that they appear in the argument list for NAME.  N1 is used
      first, N2 second, and so on, and unused problem dimensions are
      passed a value of -1.
  3)  The parameter value returned by ILAENV is checked for validity in
      the calling subroutine.  For example, ILAENV is used to retrieve
      the optimal blocksize for STRTRI as follows:
      NB = ILAENV( 1, 'STRTRI', UPLO // DIAG, N, -1, -1, -1 )
      IF( NB.LE.1 ) NB = MAX( 1, N )

subroutine ilaver (integer VERS_MAJOR, integer VERS_MINOR, integer VERS_PATCH)

ILAVER returns the LAPACK version.

Purpose:

  This subroutine returns the LAPACK version.

Parameters:

: VERS_MAJOR return the lapack major version
VERS_MINOR return the lapack minor version from the major version
VERS_PATCH return the lapack patch version from the minor version

Author:

Univ. of Tennessee

Univ. of California Berkeley

Univ. of Colorado Denver

NAG Ltd.

Date:

: June 2016

Purpose:

  This subroutine returns the LAPACK version.

Parameters:

VERS_MAJOR

      return the lapack major version

VERS_MINOR

      return the lapack minor version from the major version

VERS_PATCH

      return the lapack patch version from the minor version

Author:

Univ. of Tennessee

Univ. of California Berkeley

Univ. of Colorado Denver

NAG Ltd.

Date:

: June 2016

integer function iparmq (integer ISPEC, character, dimension( * ) NAME, character, dimension( * ) OPTS, integer N, integer ILO, integer IHI, integer LWORK)

IPARMQ

Purpose:

      This program sets problem and machine dependent parameters
      useful for xHSEQR and related subroutines for eigenvalue
      problems. It is called whenever
      IPARMQ is called with 12 <= ISPEC <= 16

Parameters:

ISPEC

          ISPEC is integer scalar
              ISPEC specifies which tunable parameter IPARMQ should
              return.
              ISPEC=12: (INMIN)  Matrices of order nmin or less
                        are sent directly to xLAHQR, the implicit
                        double shift QR algorithm.  NMIN must be
                        at least 11.
              ISPEC=13: (INWIN)  Size of the deflation window.
                        This is best set greater than or equal to
                        the number of simultaneous shifts NS.
                        Larger matrices benefit from larger deflation
                        windows.
              ISPEC=14: (INIBL) Determines when to stop nibbling and
                        invest in an (expensive) multi-shift QR sweep.
                        If the aggressive early deflation subroutine
                        finds LD converged eigenvalues from an order
                        NW deflation window and LD.GT.(NW*NIBBLE)/100,
                        then the next QR sweep is skipped and early
                        deflation is applied immediately to the
                        remaining active diagonal block.  Setting
                        IPARMQ(ISPEC=14) = 0 causes TTQRE to skip a
                        multi-shift QR sweep whenever early deflation
                        finds a converged eigenvalue.  Setting
                        IPARMQ(ISPEC=14) greater than or equal to 100
                        prevents TTQRE from skipping a multi-shift
                        QR sweep.
              ISPEC=15: (NSHFTS) The number of simultaneous shifts in
                        a multi-shift QR iteration.
              ISPEC=16: (IACC22) IPARMQ is set to 0, 1 or 2 with the
                        following meanings.
                        0:  During the multi-shift QR/QZ sweep,
                            blocked eigenvalue reordering, blocked
                            Hessenberg-triangular reduction,
                            reflections and/or rotations are not
                            accumulated when updating the
                            far-from-diagonal matrix entries.
                        1:  During the multi-shift QR/QZ sweep,
                            blocked eigenvalue reordering, blocked
                            Hessenberg-triangular reduction,
                            reflections and/or rotations are
                            accumulated, and matrix-matrix
                            multiplication is used to update the
                            far-from-diagonal matrix entries.
                        2:  During the multi-shift QR/QZ sweep,
                            blocked eigenvalue reordering, blocked
                            Hessenberg-triangular reduction,
                            reflections and/or rotations are
                            accumulated, and 2-by-2 block structure
                            is exploited during matrix-matrix
                            multiplies.
                        (If xTRMM is slower than xGEMM, then
                        IPARMQ(ISPEC=16)=1 may be more efficient than
                        IPARMQ(ISPEC=16)=2 despite the greater level of
                        arithmetic work implied by the latter choice.)

NAME

          NAME is character string
               Name of the calling subroutine

OPTS

          OPTS is character string
               This is a concatenation of the string arguments to
               TTQRE.

          N is integer scalar
               N is the order of the Hessenberg matrix H.

ILO

          ILO is INTEGER

IHI

          IHI is INTEGER
               It is assumed that H is already upper triangular
               in rows and columns 1:ILO-1 and IHI+1:N.

LWORK

          LWORK is integer scalar
               The amount of workspace available.

Author:

Univ. of Tennessee

Univ. of California Berkeley

Univ. of Colorado Denver

NAG Ltd.

Date:

: November 2015

Further Details:

       Little is known about how best to choose these parameters.
       It is possible to use different values of the parameters
       for each of CHSEQR, DHSEQR, SHSEQR and ZHSEQR.
       It is probably best to choose different parameters for
       different matrices and different parameters at different
       times during the iteration, but this has not been
       implemented --- yet.
       The best choices of most of the parameters depend
       in an ill-understood way on the relative execution
       rate of xLAQR3 and xLAQR5 and on the nature of each
       particular eigenvalue problem.  Experiment may be the
       only practical way to determine which choices are most
       effective.
       Following is a list of default values supplied by IPARMQ.
       These defaults may be adjusted in order to attain better
       performance in any particular computational environment.
       IPARMQ(ISPEC=12) The xLAHQR vs xLAQR0 crossover point.
                        Default: 75. (Must be at least 11.)
       IPARMQ(ISPEC=13) Recommended deflation window size.
                        This depends on ILO, IHI and NS, the
                        number of simultaneous shifts returned
                        by IPARMQ(ISPEC=15).  The default for
                        (IHI-ILO+1).LE.500 is NS.  The default
                        for (IHI-ILO+1).GT.500 is 3*NS/2.
       IPARMQ(ISPEC=14) Nibble crossover point.  Default: 14.
       IPARMQ(ISPEC=15) Number of simultaneous shifts, NS.
                        a multi-shift QR iteration.
                        If IHI-ILO+1 is ...
                        greater than      ...but less    ... the
                        or equal to ...      than        default is
                                0               30       NS =   2+
                               30               60       NS =   4+
                               60              150       NS =  10
                              150              590       NS =  **
                              590             3000       NS =  64
                             3000             6000       NS = 128
                             6000             infinity   NS = 256
                    (+)  By default matrices of this order are
                         passed to the implicit double shift routine
                         xLAHQR.  See IPARMQ(ISPEC=12) above.   These
                         values of NS are used only in case of a rare
                         xLAHQR failure.
                    (**) The asterisks (**) indicate an ad-hoc
                         function increasing from 10 to 64.
       IPARMQ(ISPEC=16) Select structured matrix multiply.
                        (See ISPEC=16 above for details.)
                        Default: 3.

logical function lsame (character CA, character CB)

LSAME

Purpose:

 LSAME returns .TRUE. if CA is the same letter as CB regardless of
 case.

Parameters:

          CA and CB specify the single characters to be compared.

Author:

Univ. of Tennessee

Univ. of California Berkeley

Univ. of Colorado Denver

NAG Ltd.

Date:

: November 2011

logical function lsamen (integer N, character( ) CA, character( ) CB)

LSAMEN

Purpose:

 LSAMEN  tests if the first N letters of CA are the same as the
 first N letters of CB, regardless of case.
 LSAMEN returns .TRUE. if CA and CB are equivalent except for case
 and .FALSE. otherwise.  LSAMEN also returns .FALSE. if LEN( CA )
 or LEN( CB ) is less than N.

Parameters:

          N is INTEGER
          The number of characters in CA and CB to be compared.

          CA is CHARACTER*(*)

          CB is CHARACTER*(*)
          CA and CB specify two character strings of length at least N.
          Only the first N characters of each string will be accessed.

Author:

Univ. of Tennessee

Univ. of California Berkeley

Univ. of Colorado Denver

NAG Ltd.

Date:

: November 2011

real function second ()

SECOND Using ETIME SECOND returns nothing

SECOND Using the INTERNAL function ETIME.

SECOND Using INTERNAL function CPU_TIME.

SECOND Using ETIME_

Purpose:

  SECOND returns the user time for a process in seconds.
  This version gets the time from the EXTERNAL system function ETIME.

Author:

Univ. of Tennessee

Univ. of California Berkeley

Univ. of Colorado Denver

NAG Ltd.

Date:

: November 2011

Purpose:

  SECOND returns the user time for a process in seconds.
  This version gets the time from the system function ETIME_.

Author:

Univ. of Tennessee

Univ. of California Berkeley

Univ. of Colorado Denver

NAG Ltd.

Date:

: November 2011

Purpose:

  SECOND returns the user time for a process in seconds.
  This version gets the time from the INTERNAL function CPU_TIME.

Author:

Univ. of Tennessee

Univ. of California Berkeley

Univ. of Colorado Denver

NAG Ltd.

Date:

: November 2011

Purpose:

  SECOND returns the user time for a process in seconds.
  This version gets the time from the INTERNAL function ETIME.

Author:

Univ. of Tennessee

Univ. of California Berkeley

Univ. of Colorado Denver

NAG Ltd.

Date:

: November 2011

Purpose:

  SECOND returns nothing instead of returning the user time for a process in seconds.
  If you are using that routine, it means that neither EXTERNAL ETIME,
  EXTERNAL ETIME_, INTERNAL ETIME, INTERNAL CPU_TIME is available  on
  your machine.

Author:

Univ. of Tennessee

Univ. of California Berkeley

Univ. of Colorado Denver

NAG Ltd.

Date:

: November 2011

logical function sisnan (real SIN)

SISNAN tests input for NaN.

Purpose:

 SISNAN returns .TRUE. if its argument is NaN, and .FALSE.
 otherwise.  To be replaced by the Fortran 2003 intrinsic in the
 future.

Parameters:

SIN

          SIN is REAL
          Input to test for NaN.

Author:

Univ. of Tennessee

Univ. of California Berkeley

Univ. of Colorado Denver

NAG Ltd.

Date:

: September 2012

subroutine slabad (real SMALL, real LARGE)

SLABAD

Purpose:

 SLABAD takes as input the values computed by SLAMCH for underflow and
 overflow, and returns the square root of each of these values if the
 log of LARGE is sufficiently large.  This subroutine is intended to
 identify machines with a large exponent range, such as the Crays, and
 redefine the underflow and overflow limits to be the square roots of
 the values computed by SLAMCH.  This subroutine is needed because
 SLAMCH does not compensate for poor arithmetic in the upper half of
 the exponent range, as is found on a Cray.

Parameters:

SMALL

          SMALL is REAL
          On entry, the underflow threshold as computed by SLAMCH.
          On exit, if LOG10(LARGE) is sufficiently large, the square
          root of SMALL, otherwise unchanged.

LARGE

          LARGE is REAL
          On entry, the overflow threshold as computed by SLAMCH.
          On exit, if LOG10(LARGE) is sufficiently large, the square
          root of LARGE, otherwise unchanged.

Author:

Univ. of Tennessee

Univ. of California Berkeley

Univ. of Colorado Denver

NAG Ltd.

Date:

: November 2011

subroutine slacpy (character UPLO, integer M, integer N, real, dimension( lda, * ) A, integer LDA, real, dimension( ldb, * ) B, integer LDB)

SLACPY copies all or part of one two-dimensional array to another.

Purpose:

 SLACPY copies all or part of a two-dimensional matrix A to another
 matrix B.

Parameters:

UPLO

          UPLO is CHARACTER*1
          Specifies the part of the matrix A to be copied to B.
          = 'U':      Upper triangular part
          = 'L':      Lower triangular part
          Otherwise:  All of the matrix A

          M is INTEGER
          The number of rows of the matrix A.  M >= 0.

          N is INTEGER
          The number of columns of the matrix A.  N >= 0.

          A is REAL array, dimension (LDA,N)
          The m by n matrix A.  If UPLO = 'U', only the upper triangle
          or trapezoid is accessed; if UPLO = 'L', only the lower
          triangle or trapezoid is accessed.

LDA

          LDA is INTEGER
          The leading dimension of the array A.  LDA >= max(1,M).

          B is REAL array, dimension (LDB,N)
          On exit, B = A in the locations specified by UPLO.

LDB

          LDB is INTEGER
          The leading dimension of the array B.  LDB >= max(1,M).

Author:

Univ. of Tennessee

Univ. of California Berkeley

Univ. of Colorado Denver

NAG Ltd.

Date:

: September 2012

subroutine sladiv (real A, real B, real C, real D, real P, real Q)

SLADIV performs complex division in real arithmetic, avoiding unnecessary overflow.

Purpose:

 SLADIV performs complex division in  real arithmetic
                       a + i*b
            p + i*q = ---------
                       c + i*d
 The algorithm is due to Michael Baudin and Robert L. Smith
 and can be found in the paper
 "A Robust Complex Division in Scilab"

Parameters:

          A is REAL

          B is REAL

          C is REAL

          D is REAL
          The scalars a, b, c, and d in the above expression.

          P is REAL

          Q is REAL
          The scalars p and q in the above expression.

Author:

Univ. of Tennessee

Univ. of California Berkeley

Univ. of Colorado Denver

NAG Ltd.

Date:

: January 2013

subroutine slae2 (real A, real B, real C, real RT1, real RT2)

SLAE2 computes the eigenvalues of a 2-by-2 symmetric matrix.

Purpose:

 SLAE2  computes the eigenvalues of a 2-by-2 symmetric matrix
    [  A   B  ]
    [  B   C  ].
 On return, RT1 is the eigenvalue of larger absolute value, and RT2
 is the eigenvalue of smaller absolute value.

Parameters:

          A is REAL
          The (1,1) element of the 2-by-2 matrix.

          B is REAL
          The (1,2) and (2,1) elements of the 2-by-2 matrix.

          C is REAL
          The (2,2) element of the 2-by-2 matrix.

RT1

          RT1 is REAL
          The eigenvalue of larger absolute value.

RT2

          RT2 is REAL
          The eigenvalue of smaller absolute value.

Author:

Univ. of Tennessee

Univ. of California Berkeley

Univ. of Colorado Denver

NAG Ltd.

Date:

: September 2012

Further Details:

  RT1 is accurate to a few ulps barring over/underflow.
  RT2 may be inaccurate if there is massive cancellation in the
  determinant A*C-B*B; higher precision or correctly rounded or
  correctly truncated arithmetic would be needed to compute RT2
  accurately in all cases.
  Overflow is possible only if RT1 is within a factor of 5 of overflow.
  Underflow is harmless if the input data is 0 or exceeds
     underflow_threshold / macheps.

subroutine slaebz (integer IJOB, integer NITMAX, integer N, integer MMAX, integer MINP, integer NBMIN, real ABSTOL, real RELTOL, real PIVMIN, real, dimension( * ) D, real, dimension( * ) E, real, dimension( * ) E2, integer, dimension( * ) NVAL, real, dimension( mmax, * ) AB, real, dimension( * ) C, integer MOUT, integer, dimension( mmax, * ) NAB, real, dimension( * ) WORK, integer, dimension( * ) IWORK, integer INFO)

SLAEBZ computes the number of eigenvalues of a real symmetric tridiagonal matrix which are less than or equal to a given value, and performs other tasks required by the routine sstebz.

Purpose:

 SLAEBZ contains the iteration loops which compute and use the
 function N(w), which is the count of eigenvalues of a symmetric
 tridiagonal matrix T less than or equal to its argument  w.  It
 performs a choice of two types of loops:
 IJOB=1, followed by
 IJOB=2: It takes as input a list of intervals and returns a list of
         sufficiently small intervals whose union contains the same
         eigenvalues as the union of the original intervals.
         The input intervals are (AB(j,1),AB(j,2)], j=1,...,MINP.
         The output interval (AB(j,1),AB(j,2)] will contain
         eigenvalues NAB(j,1)+1,...,NAB(j,2), where 1 <= j <= MOUT.
 IJOB=3: It performs a binary search in each input interval
         (AB(j,1),AB(j,2)] for a point  w(j)  such that
         N(w(j))=NVAL(j), and uses  C(j)  as the starting point of
         the search.  If such a w(j) is found, then on output
         AB(j,1)=AB(j,2)=w.  If no such w(j) is found, then on output
         (AB(j,1),AB(j,2)] will be a small interval containing the
         point where N(w) jumps through NVAL(j), unless that point
         lies outside the initial interval.
 Note that the intervals are in all cases half-open intervals,
 i.e., of the form  (a,b] , which includes  b  but not  a .
 To avoid underflow, the matrix should be scaled so that its largest
 element is no greater than  overflow**(1/2) * underflow**(1/4)
 in absolute value.  To assure the most accurate computation
 of small eigenvalues, the matrix should be scaled to be
 not much smaller than that, either.
 See W. Kahan "Accurate Eigenvalues of a Symmetric Tridiagonal
 Matrix", Report CS41, Computer Science Dept., Stanford
 University, July 21, 1966
 Note: the arguments are, in general, *not* checked for unreasonable
 values.

Parameters:

IJOB

          IJOB is INTEGER
          Specifies what is to be done:
          = 1:  Compute NAB for the initial intervals.
          = 2:  Perform bisection iteration to find eigenvalues of T.
          = 3:  Perform bisection iteration to invert N(w), i.e.,
                to find a point which has a specified number of
                eigenvalues of T to its left.
          Other values will cause SLAEBZ to return with INFO=-1.

NITMAX

          NITMAX is INTEGER
          The maximum number of "levels" of bisection to be
          performed, i.e., an interval of width W will not be made
          smaller than 2^(-NITMAX) * W.  If not all intervals
          have converged after NITMAX iterations, then INFO is set
          to the number of non-converged intervals.

          N is INTEGER
          The dimension n of the tridiagonal matrix T.  It must be at
          least 1.

MMAX

          MMAX is INTEGER
          The maximum number of intervals.  If more than MMAX intervals
          are generated, then SLAEBZ will quit with INFO=MMAX+1.

MINP

          MINP is INTEGER
          The initial number of intervals.  It may not be greater than
          MMAX.

NBMIN

          NBMIN is INTEGER
          The smallest number of intervals that should be processed
          using a vector loop.  If zero, then only the scalar loop
          will be used.

ABSTOL

          ABSTOL is REAL
          The minimum (absolute) width of an interval.  When an
          interval is narrower than ABSTOL, or than RELTOL times the
          larger (in magnitude) endpoint, then it is considered to be
          sufficiently small, i.e., converged.  This must be at least
          zero.

RELTOL

          RELTOL is REAL
          The minimum relative width of an interval.  When an interval
          is narrower than ABSTOL, or than RELTOL times the larger (in
          magnitude) endpoint, then it is considered to be
          sufficiently small, i.e., converged.  Note: this should
          always be at least radix*machine epsilon.

PIVMIN

          PIVMIN is REAL
          The minimum absolute value of a "pivot" in the Sturm
          sequence loop.
          This must be at least  max |e(j)**2|*safe_min  and at
          least safe_min, where safe_min is at least
          the smallest number that can divide one without overflow.

          D is REAL array, dimension (N)
          The diagonal elements of the tridiagonal matrix T.

          E is REAL array, dimension (N)
          The offdiagonal elements of the tridiagonal matrix T in
          positions 1 through N-1.  E(N) is arbitrary.

          E2 is REAL array, dimension (N)
          The squares of the offdiagonal elements of the tridiagonal
          matrix T.  E2(N) is ignored.

NVAL

          NVAL is INTEGER array, dimension (MINP)
          If IJOB=1 or 2, not referenced.
          If IJOB=3, the desired values of N(w).  The elements of NVAL
          will be reordered to correspond with the intervals in AB.
          Thus, NVAL(j) on output will not, in general be the same as
          NVAL(j) on input, but it will correspond with the interval
          (AB(j,1),AB(j,2)] on output.

          AB is REAL array, dimension (MMAX,2)
          The endpoints of the intervals.  AB(j,1) is  a(j), the left
          endpoint of the j-th interval, and AB(j,2) is b(j), the
          right endpoint of the j-th interval.  The input intervals
          will, in general, be modified, split, and reordered by the
          calculation.

          C is REAL array, dimension (MMAX)
          If IJOB=1, ignored.
          If IJOB=2, workspace.
          If IJOB=3, then on input C(j) should be initialized to the
          first search point in the binary search.

MOUT

          MOUT is INTEGER
          If IJOB=1, the number of eigenvalues in the intervals.
          If IJOB=2 or 3, the number of intervals output.
          If IJOB=3, MOUT will equal MINP.

NAB

          NAB is INTEGER array, dimension (MMAX,2)
          If IJOB=1, then on output NAB(i,j) will be set to N(AB(i,j)).
          If IJOB=2, then on input, NAB(i,j) should be set.  It must
             satisfy the condition:
             N(AB(i,1)) <= NAB(i,1) <= NAB(i,2) <= N(AB(i,2)),
             which means that in interval i only eigenvalues
             NAB(i,1)+1,...,NAB(i,2) will be considered.  Usually,
             NAB(i,j)=N(AB(i,j)), from a previous call to SLAEBZ with
             IJOB=1.
             On output, NAB(i,j) will contain
             max(na(k),min(nb(k),N(AB(i,j)))), where k is the index of
             the input interval that the output interval
             (AB(j,1),AB(j,2)] came from, and na(k) and nb(k) are the
             the input values of NAB(k,1) and NAB(k,2).
          If IJOB=3, then on output, NAB(i,j) contains N(AB(i,j)),
             unless N(w) > NVAL(i) for all search points  w , in which
             case NAB(i,1) will not be modified, i.e., the output
             value will be the same as the input value (modulo
             reorderings -- see NVAL and AB), or unless N(w) < NVAL(i)
             for all search points  w , in which case NAB(i,2) will
             not be modified.  Normally, NAB should be set to some
             distinctive value(s) before SLAEBZ is called.

WORK

          WORK is REAL array, dimension (MMAX)
          Workspace.

IWORK

          IWORK is INTEGER array, dimension (MMAX)
          Workspace.

INFO

          INFO is INTEGER
          = 0:       All intervals converged.
          = 1--MMAX: The last INFO intervals did not converge.
          = MMAX+1:  More than MMAX intervals were generated.

Author:

Univ. of Tennessee

Univ. of California Berkeley

Univ. of Colorado Denver

NAG Ltd.

Date:

: September 2012

Further Details:

      This routine is intended to be called only by other LAPACK
  routines, thus the interface is less user-friendly.  It is intended
  for two purposes:
  (a) finding eigenvalues.  In this case, SLAEBZ should have one or
      more initial intervals set up in AB, and SLAEBZ should be called
      with IJOB=1.  This sets up NAB, and also counts the eigenvalues.
      Intervals with no eigenvalues would usually be thrown out at
      this point.  Also, if not all the eigenvalues in an interval i
      are desired, NAB(i,1) can be increased or NAB(i,2) decreased.
      For example, set NAB(i,1)=NAB(i,2)-1 to get the largest
      eigenvalue.  SLAEBZ is then called with IJOB=2 and MMAX
      no smaller than the value of MOUT returned by the call with
      IJOB=1.  After this (IJOB=2) call, eigenvalues NAB(i,1)+1
      through NAB(i,2) are approximately AB(i,1) (or AB(i,2)) to the
      tolerance specified by ABSTOL and RELTOL.
  (b) finding an interval (a',b'] containing eigenvalues w(f),...,w(l).
      In this case, start with a Gershgorin interval  (a,b).  Set up
      AB to contain 2 search intervals, both initially (a,b).  One
      NVAL element should contain  f-1  and the other should contain  l
      , while C should contain a and b, resp.  NAB(i,1) should be -1
      and NAB(i,2) should be N+1, to flag an error if the desired
      interval does not lie in (a,b).  SLAEBZ is then called with
      IJOB=3.  On exit, if w(f-1) < w(f), then one of the intervals --
      j -- will have AB(j,1)=AB(j,2) and NAB(j,1)=NAB(j,2)=f-1, while
      if, to the specified tolerance, w(f-k)=...=w(f+r), k > 0 and r
      >= 0, then the interval will have  N(AB(j,1))=NAB(j,1)=f-k and
      N(AB(j,2))=NAB(j,2)=f+r.  The cases w(l) < w(l+1) and
      w(l-r)=...=w(l+k) are handled similarly.

subroutine slaev2 (real A, real B, real C, real RT1, real RT2, real CS1, real SN1)

SLAEV2 computes the eigenvalues and eigenvectors of a 2-by-2 symmetric/Hermitian matrix.

Purpose:

 SLAEV2 computes the eigendecomposition of a 2-by-2 symmetric matrix
    [  A   B  ]
    [  B   C  ].
 On return, RT1 is the eigenvalue of larger absolute value, RT2 is the
 eigenvalue of smaller absolute value, and (CS1,SN1) is the unit right
 eigenvector for RT1, giving the decomposition
    [ CS1  SN1 ] [  A   B  ] [ CS1 -SN1 ]  =  [ RT1  0  ]
    [-SN1  CS1 ] [  B   C  ] [ SN1  CS1 ]     [  0  RT2 ].

Parameters:

          A is REAL
          The (1,1) element of the 2-by-2 matrix.

          B is REAL
          The (1,2) element and the conjugate of the (2,1) element of
          the 2-by-2 matrix.

          C is REAL
          The (2,2) element of the 2-by-2 matrix.

RT1

          RT1 is REAL
          The eigenvalue of larger absolute value.

RT2

          RT2 is REAL
          The eigenvalue of smaller absolute value.

CS1

          CS1 is REAL

SN1

          SN1 is REAL
          The vector (CS1, SN1) is a unit right eigenvector for RT1.

Author:

Univ. of Tennessee

Univ. of California Berkeley

Univ. of Colorado Denver

NAG Ltd.

Date:

: September 2012

Further Details:

  RT1 is accurate to a few ulps barring over/underflow.
  RT2 may be inaccurate if there is massive cancellation in the
  determinant A*C-B*B; higher precision or correctly rounded or
  correctly truncated arithmetic would be needed to compute RT2
  accurately in all cases.
  CS1 and SN1 are accurate to a few ulps barring over/underflow.
  Overflow is possible only if RT1 is within a factor of 5 of overflow.
  Underflow is harmless if the input data is 0 or exceeds
     underflow_threshold / macheps.

subroutine slag2d (integer M, integer N, real, dimension( ldsa, * ) SA, integer LDSA, double precision, dimension( lda, * ) A, integer LDA, integer INFO)

SLAG2D converts a single precision matrix to a double precision matrix.

Purpose:

 SLAG2D converts a SINGLE PRECISION matrix, SA, to a DOUBLE
 PRECISION matrix, A.
 Note that while it is possible to overflow while converting
 from double to single, it is not possible to overflow when
 converting from single to double.
 This is an auxiliary routine so there is no argument checking.

Parameters:

          M is INTEGER
          The number of lines of the matrix A.  M >= 0.

          N is INTEGER
          The number of columns of the matrix A.  N >= 0.

          SA is REAL array, dimension (LDSA,N)
          On entry, the M-by-N coefficient matrix SA.

LDSA

          LDSA is INTEGER
          The leading dimension of the array SA.  LDSA >= max(1,M).

          A is DOUBLE PRECISION array, dimension (LDA,N)
          On exit, the M-by-N coefficient matrix A.

LDA

          LDA is INTEGER
          The leading dimension of the array A.  LDA >= max(1,M).

INFO

          INFO is INTEGER
          = 0:  successful exit

Author:

Univ. of Tennessee

Univ. of California Berkeley

Univ. of Colorado Denver

NAG Ltd.

Date:

: September 2012

subroutine slagts (integer JOB, integer N, real, dimension( * ) A, real, dimension( * ) B, real, dimension( * ) C, real, dimension( * ) D, integer, dimension( * ) IN, real, dimension( * ) Y, real TOL, integer INFO)

SLAGTS solves the system of equations (T-λI)x = y or (T-λI)Tx = y,where T is a general tridiagonal matrix and λ a scalar, using the LU factorization computed by slagtf.

Purpose:

 SLAGTS may be used to solve one of the systems of equations
    (T - lambda*I)*x = y   or   (T - lambda*I)**T*x = y,
 where T is an n by n tridiagonal matrix, for x, following the
 factorization of (T - lambda*I) as
    (T - lambda*I) = P*L*U ,
 by routine SLAGTF. The choice of equation to be solved is
 controlled by the argument JOB, and in each case there is an option
 to perturb zero or very small diagonal elements of U, this option
 being intended for use in applications such as inverse iteration.

Parameters:

JOB

          JOB is INTEGER
          Specifies the job to be performed by SLAGTS as follows:
          =  1: The equations  (T - lambda*I)x = y  are to be solved,
                but diagonal elements of U are not to be perturbed.
          = -1: The equations  (T - lambda*I)x = y  are to be solved
                and, if overflow would otherwise occur, the diagonal
                elements of U are to be perturbed. See argument TOL
                below.
          =  2: The equations  (T - lambda*I)**Tx = y  are to be solved,
                but diagonal elements of U are not to be perturbed.
          = -2: The equations  (T - lambda*I)**Tx = y  are to be solved
                and, if overflow would otherwise occur, the diagonal
                elements of U are to be perturbed. See argument TOL
                below.

          N is INTEGER
          The order of the matrix T.

          A is REAL array, dimension (N)
          On entry, A must contain the diagonal elements of U as
          returned from SLAGTF.

          B is REAL array, dimension (N-1)
          On entry, B must contain the first super-diagonal elements of
          U as returned from SLAGTF.

          C is REAL array, dimension (N-1)
          On entry, C must contain the sub-diagonal elements of L as
          returned from SLAGTF.

          D is REAL array, dimension (N-2)
          On entry, D must contain the second super-diagonal elements
          of U as returned from SLAGTF.

          IN is INTEGER array, dimension (N)
          On entry, IN must contain details of the matrix P as returned
          from SLAGTF.

          Y is REAL array, dimension (N)
          On entry, the right hand side vector y.
          On exit, Y is overwritten by the solution vector x.

TOL

          TOL is REAL
          On entry, with  JOB .lt. 0, TOL should be the minimum
          perturbation to be made to very small diagonal elements of U.
          TOL should normally be chosen as about eps*norm(U), where eps
          is the relative machine precision, but if TOL is supplied as
          non-positive, then it is reset to eps*max( abs( u(i,j) ) ).
          If  JOB .gt. 0  then TOL is not referenced.
          On exit, TOL is changed as described above, only if TOL is
          non-positive on entry. Otherwise TOL is unchanged.

INFO

          INFO is INTEGER
          = 0   : successful exit
          .lt. 0: if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value
          .gt. 0: overflow would occur when computing the INFO(th)
                  element of the solution vector x. This can only occur
                  when JOB is supplied as positive and either means
                  that a diagonal element of U is very small, or that
                  the elements of the right-hand side vector y are very
                  large.

Author:

Univ. of Tennessee

Univ. of California Berkeley

Univ. of Colorado Denver

NAG Ltd.

Date:

: September 2012

logical function slaisnan (real SIN1, real SIN2)

SLAISNAN tests input for NaN by comparing two arguments for inequality.

Purpose:

 This routine is not for general use.  It exists solely to avoid
 over-optimization in SISNAN.
 SLAISNAN checks for NaNs by comparing its two arguments for
 inequality.  NaN is the only floating-point value where NaN != NaN
 returns .TRUE.  To check for NaNs, pass the same variable as both
 arguments.
 A compiler must assume that the two arguments are
 not the same variable, and the test will not be optimized away.
 Interprocedural or whole-program optimization may delete this
 test.  The ISNAN functions will be replaced by the correct
 Fortran 03 intrinsic once the intrinsic is widely available.

Parameters:

SIN1

          SIN1 is REAL

SIN2

          SIN2 is REAL
          Two numbers to compare for inequality.

Author:

Univ. of Tennessee

Univ. of California Berkeley

Univ. of Colorado Denver

NAG Ltd.

Date:

: September 2012

subroutine slamc1 (integer BETA, integer T, logical RND, logical IEEE1)

SLAMC1 Purpose:

 SLAMC1 determines the machine parameters given by BETA, T, RND, and
 IEEE1.

Parameters:

BETA

          The base of the machine.

          The number of ( BETA ) digits in the mantissa.

RND

          Specifies whether proper rounding  ( RND = .TRUE. )  or
          chopping  ( RND = .FALSE. )  occurs in addition. This may not
          be a reliable guide to the way in which the machine performs
          its arithmetic.

IEEE1

          Specifies whether rounding appears to be done in the IEEE
          'round to nearest' style.

Author:

: LAPACK is a software package provided by Univ. of Tennessee, Univ. of California Berkeley, Univ. of Colorado Denver and NAG Ltd..

Date:

: April 2012

Further Details

  The routine is based on the routine  ENVRON  by Malcolm and
  incorporates suggestions by Gentleman and Marovich. See
     Malcolm M. A. (1972) Algorithms to reveal properties of
        floating-point arithmetic. Comms. of the ACM, 15, 949-951.
     Gentleman W. M. and Marovich S. B. (1974) More on algorithms
        that reveal properties of floating point arithmetic units.
        Comms. of the ACM, 17, 276-277.

subroutine slamc2 (integer BETA, integer T, logical RND, real EPS, integer EMIN, real RMIN, integer EMAX, real RMAX)

SLAMC2 Purpose:

 SLAMC2 determines the machine parameters specified in its argument
 list.

Author:

: LAPACK is a software package provided by Univ. of Tennessee, Univ. of California Berkeley, Univ. of Colorado Denver and NAG Ltd..

Date:

: April 2012

Parameters:

BETA

          The base of the machine.

          The number of ( BETA ) digits in the mantissa.

RND

          Specifies whether proper rounding  ( RND = .TRUE. )  or
          chopping  ( RND = .FALSE. )  occurs in addition. This may not
          be a reliable guide to the way in which the machine performs
          its arithmetic.

EPS

          The smallest positive number such that
             fl( 1.0 - EPS ) .LT. 1.0,
          where fl denotes the computed value.

EMIN

          The minimum exponent before (gradual) underflow occurs.

RMIN

          The smallest normalized number for the machine, given by
          BASE**( EMIN - 1 ), where  BASE  is the floating point value
          of BETA.

EMAX

          The maximum exponent before overflow occurs.

RMAX

          The largest positive number for the machine, given by
          BASE**EMAX * ( 1 - EPS ), where  BASE  is the floating point
          value of BETA.

Further Details

  The computation of  EPS  is based on a routine PARANOIA by
  W. Kahan of the University of California at Berkeley.

real function slamc3 (real A, real B)

SLAMC3 Purpose:

 SLAMC3  is intended to force  A  and  B  to be stored prior to doing
 the addition of  A  and  B ,  for use in situations where optimizers
 might hold one of these in a register.

Author:

: LAPACK is a software package provided by Univ. of Tennessee, Univ. of California Berkeley, Univ. of Colorado Denver and NAG Ltd..

Date:

: November 2011

Parameters:

          The values A and B.

real function slamch (character CMACH)

SLAMCH SLAMCHF77 deprecated

Purpose:

 SLAMCH determines single precision machine parameters.

Parameters:

CMACH

          Specifies the value to be returned by SLAMCH:
          = 'E' or 'e',   SLAMCH := eps
          = 'S' or 's ,   SLAMCH := sfmin
          = 'B' or 'b',   SLAMCH := base
          = 'P' or 'p',   SLAMCH := eps*base
          = 'N' or 'n',   SLAMCH := t
          = 'R' or 'r',   SLAMCH := rnd
          = 'M' or 'm',   SLAMCH := emin
          = 'U' or 'u',   SLAMCH := rmin
          = 'L' or 'l',   SLAMCH := emax
          = 'O' or 'o',   SLAMCH := rmax
          where
          eps   = relative machine precision
          sfmin = safe minimum, such that 1/sfmin does not overflow
          base  = base of the machine
          prec  = eps*base
          t     = number of (base) digits in the mantissa
          rnd   = 1.0 when rounding occurs in addition, 0.0 otherwise
          emin  = minimum exponent before (gradual) underflow
          rmin  = underflow threshold - base**(emin-1)
          emax  = largest exponent before overflow
          rmax  = overflow threshold  - (base**emax)*(1-eps)

Author:

Univ. of Tennessee

Univ. of California Berkeley

Univ. of Colorado Denver

NAG Ltd.

Date:

: November 2011

Purpose:

 SLAMCH determines single precision machine parameters.

Parameters:

CMACH

          Specifies the value to be returned by SLAMCH:
          = 'E' or 'e',   SLAMCH := eps
          = 'S' or 's ,   SLAMCH := sfmin
          = 'B' or 'b',   SLAMCH := base
          = 'P' or 'p',   SLAMCH := eps*base
          = 'N' or 'n',   SLAMCH := t
          = 'R' or 'r',   SLAMCH := rnd
          = 'M' or 'm',   SLAMCH := emin
          = 'U' or 'u',   SLAMCH := rmin
          = 'L' or 'l',   SLAMCH := emax
          = 'O' or 'o',   SLAMCH := rmax
          where
          eps   = relative machine precision
          sfmin = safe minimum, such that 1/sfmin does not overflow
          base  = base of the machine
          prec  = eps*base
          t     = number of (base) digits in the mantissa
          rnd   = 1.0 when rounding occurs in addition, 0.0 otherwise
          emin  = minimum exponent before (gradual) underflow
          rmin  = underflow threshold - base**(emin-1)
          emax  = largest exponent before overflow
          rmax  = overflow threshold  - (base**emax)*(1-eps)

Author:

Univ. of Tennessee

Univ. of California Berkeley

Univ. of Colorado Denver

NAG Ltd.

Date:

: April 2012

integer function slaneg (integer N, real, dimension( * ) D, real, dimension( * ) LLD, real SIGMA, real PIVMIN, integer R)

SLANEG computes the Sturm count.

Purpose:

 SLANEG computes the Sturm count, the number of negative pivots
 encountered while factoring tridiagonal T - sigma I = L D L^T.
 This implementation works directly on the factors without forming
 the tridiagonal matrix T.  The Sturm count is also the number of
 eigenvalues of T less than sigma.
 This routine is called from SLARRB.
 The current routine does not use the PIVMIN parameter but rather
 requires IEEE-754 propagation of Infinities and NaNs.  This
 routine also has no input range restrictions but does require
 default exception handling such that x/0 produces Inf when x is
 non-zero, and Inf/Inf produces NaN.  For more information, see:
   Marques, Riedy, and Voemel, "Benefits of IEEE-754 Features in
   Modern Symmetric Tridiagonal Eigensolvers," SIAM Journal on
   Scientific Computing, v28, n5, 2006.  DOI 10.1137/050641624
   (Tech report version in LAWN 172 with the same title.)

Parameters:

          N is INTEGER
          The order of the matrix.

          D is REAL array, dimension (N)
          The N diagonal elements of the diagonal matrix D.

LLD

          LLD is REAL array, dimension (N-1)
          The (N-1) elements L(i)*L(i)*D(i).

SIGMA

          SIGMA is REAL
          Shift amount in T - sigma I = L D L^T.

PIVMIN

          PIVMIN is REAL
          The minimum pivot in the Sturm sequence.  May be used
          when zero pivots are encountered on non-IEEE-754
          architectures.

          R is INTEGER
          The twist index for the twisted factorization that is used
          for the negcount.

Author:

Univ. of Tennessee

Univ. of California Berkeley

Univ. of Colorado Denver

NAG Ltd.

Date:

: September 2012

Contributors:

: Osni Marques, LBNL/NERSC, USA

Christof Voemel, University of California, Berkeley, USA

Jason Riedy, University of California, Berkeley, USA

real function slanst (character NORM, integer N, real, dimension( * ) D, real, dimension( * ) E)

SLANST returns the value of the 1-norm, or the Frobenius norm, or the infinity norm, or the element of largest absolute value of a real symmetric tridiagonal matrix.

Purpose:

 SLANST  returns the value of the one norm,  or the Frobenius norm, or
 the  infinity norm,  or the  element of  largest absolute value  of a
 real symmetric tridiagonal matrix A.

Returns:

SLANST

    SLANST = ( max(abs(A(i,j))), NORM = 'M' or 'm'
             (
             ( norm1(A),         NORM = '1', 'O' or 'o'
             (
             ( normI(A),         NORM = 'I' or 'i'
             (
             ( normF(A),         NORM = 'F', 'f', 'E' or 'e'
 where  norm1  denotes the  one norm of a matrix (maximum column sum),
 normI  denotes the  infinity norm  of a matrix  (maximum row sum) and
 normF  denotes the  Frobenius norm of a matrix (square root of sum of
 squares).  Note that  max(abs(A(i,j)))  is not a consistent matrix norm.

Parameters:

NORM

          NORM is CHARACTER*1
          Specifies the value to be returned in SLANST as described
          above.

          N is INTEGER
          The order of the matrix A.  N >= 0.  When N = 0, SLANST is
          set to zero.

          D is REAL array, dimension (N)
          The diagonal elements of A.

          E is REAL array, dimension (N-1)
          The (n-1) sub-diagonal or super-diagonal elements of A.

Author:

Univ. of Tennessee

Univ. of California Berkeley

Univ. of Colorado Denver

NAG Ltd.

Date:

: September 2012

real function slapy2 (real X, real Y)

SLAPY2 returns sqrt(x2+y2).

Purpose:

 SLAPY2 returns sqrt(x**2+y**2), taking care not to cause unnecessary
 overflow.

Parameters:

          X is REAL

          Y is REAL
          X and Y specify the values x and y.

Author:

Univ. of Tennessee

Univ. of California Berkeley

Univ. of Colorado Denver

NAG Ltd.

Date:

: September 2012

real function slapy3 (real X, real Y, real Z)

SLAPY3 returns sqrt(x2+y2+z2).

Purpose:

 SLAPY3 returns sqrt(x**2+y**2+z**2), taking care not to cause
 unnecessary overflow.

Parameters:

          X is REAL

          Y is REAL

          Z is REAL
          X, Y and Z specify the values x, y and z.

Author:

Univ. of Tennessee

Univ. of California Berkeley

Univ. of Colorado Denver

NAG Ltd.

Date:

: September 2012

subroutine slarnv (integer IDIST, integer, dimension( 4 ) ISEED, integer N, real, dimension( * ) X)

SLARNV returns a vector of random numbers from a uniform or normal distribution.

Purpose:

 SLARNV returns a vector of n random real numbers from a uniform or
 normal distribution.

Parameters:

IDIST

          IDIST is INTEGER
          Specifies the distribution of the random numbers:
          = 1:  uniform (0,1)
          = 2:  uniform (-1,1)
          = 3:  normal (0,1)

ISEED

          ISEED is INTEGER array, dimension (4)
          On entry, the seed of the random number generator; the array
          elements must be between 0 and 4095, and ISEED(4) must be
          odd.
          On exit, the seed is updated.

          N is INTEGER
          The number of random numbers to be generated.

          X is REAL array, dimension (N)
          The generated random numbers.

Author:

Univ. of Tennessee

Univ. of California Berkeley

Univ. of Colorado Denver

NAG Ltd.

Date:

: September 2012

Further Details:

  This routine calls the auxiliary routine SLARUV to generate random
  real numbers from a uniform (0,1) distribution, in batches of up to
  128 using vectorisable code. The Box-Muller method is used to
  transform numbers from a uniform to a normal distribution.

subroutine slarra (integer N, real, dimension( * ) D, real, dimension( * ) E, real, dimension( * ) E2, real SPLTOL, real TNRM, integer NSPLIT, integer, dimension( * ) ISPLIT, integer INFO)

SLARRA computes the splitting points with the specified threshold.

Purpose:

 Compute the splitting points with threshold SPLTOL.
 SLARRA sets any "small" off-diagonal elements to zero.

Parameters:

          N is INTEGER
          The order of the matrix. N > 0.

          D is REAL array, dimension (N)
          On entry, the N diagonal elements of the tridiagonal
          matrix T.

          E is REAL array, dimension (N)
          On entry, the first (N-1) entries contain the subdiagonal
          elements of the tridiagonal matrix T; E(N) need not be set.
          On exit, the entries E( ISPLIT( I ) ), 1 <= I <= NSPLIT,
          are set to zero, the other entries of E are untouched.

          E2 is REAL array, dimension (N)
          On entry, the first (N-1) entries contain the SQUARES of the
          subdiagonal elements of the tridiagonal matrix T;
          E2(N) need not be set.
          On exit, the entries E2( ISPLIT( I ) ),
          1 <= I <= NSPLIT, have been set to zero

SPLTOL

          SPLTOL is REAL
          The threshold for splitting. Two criteria can be used:
          SPLTOL<0 : criterion based on absolute off-diagonal value
          SPLTOL>0 : criterion that preserves relative accuracy

TNRM

          TNRM is REAL
          The norm of the matrix.

NSPLIT

          NSPLIT is INTEGER
          The number of blocks T splits into. 1 <= NSPLIT <= N.

ISPLIT

          ISPLIT is INTEGER array, dimension (N)
          The splitting points, at which T breaks up into blocks.
          The first block consists of rows/columns 1 to ISPLIT(1),
          the second of rows/columns ISPLIT(1)+1 through ISPLIT(2),
          etc., and the NSPLIT-th consists of rows/columns
          ISPLIT(NSPLIT-1)+1 through ISPLIT(NSPLIT)=N.

INFO

          INFO is INTEGER
          = 0:  successful exit

Author:

Univ. of Tennessee

Univ. of California Berkeley

Univ. of Colorado Denver

NAG Ltd.

Date:

: September 2012

Contributors:

: Beresford Parlett, University of California, Berkeley, USA

Jim Demmel, University of California, Berkeley, USA

Inderjit Dhillon, University of Texas, Austin, USA

Osni Marques, LBNL/NERSC, USA

Christof Voemel, University of California, Berkeley, USA

subroutine slarrb (integer N, real, dimension( * ) D, real, dimension( * ) LLD, integer IFIRST, integer ILAST, real RTOL1, real RTOL2, integer OFFSET, real, dimension( * ) W, real, dimension( * ) WGAP, real, dimension( * ) WERR, real, dimension( * ) WORK, integer, dimension( * ) IWORK, real PIVMIN, real SPDIAM, integer TWIST, integer INFO)

SLARRB provides limited bisection to locate eigenvalues for more accuracy.

Purpose:

 Given the relatively robust representation(RRR) L D L^T, SLARRB
 does "limited" bisection to refine the eigenvalues of L D L^T,
 W( IFIRST-OFFSET ) through W( ILAST-OFFSET ), to more accuracy. Initial
 guesses for these eigenvalues are input in W, the corresponding estimate
 of the error in these guesses and their gaps are input in WERR
 and WGAP, respectively. During bisection, intervals
 [left, right] are maintained by storing their mid-points and
 semi-widths in the arrays W and WERR respectively.

Parameters:

          N is INTEGER
          The order of the matrix.

          D is REAL array, dimension (N)
          The N diagonal elements of the diagonal matrix D.

LLD

          LLD is REAL array, dimension (N-1)
          The (N-1) elements L(i)*L(i)*D(i).

IFIRST

          IFIRST is INTEGER
          The index of the first eigenvalue to be computed.

ILAST

          ILAST is INTEGER
          The index of the last eigenvalue to be computed.

RTOL1

          RTOL1 is REAL

RTOL2

          RTOL2 is REAL
          Tolerance for the convergence of the bisection intervals.
          An interval [LEFT,RIGHT] has converged if
          RIGHT-LEFT.LT.MAX( RTOL1*GAP, RTOL2*MAX(|LEFT|,|RIGHT|) )
          where GAP is the (estimated) distance to the nearest
          eigenvalue.

OFFSET

          OFFSET is INTEGER
          Offset for the arrays W, WGAP and WERR, i.e., the IFIRST-OFFSET
          through ILAST-OFFSET elements of these arrays are to be used.

          W is REAL array, dimension (N)
          On input, W( IFIRST-OFFSET ) through W( ILAST-OFFSET ) are
          estimates of the eigenvalues of L D L^T indexed IFIRST throug
          ILAST.
          On output, these estimates are refined.

WGAP

          WGAP is REAL array, dimension (N-1)
          On input, the (estimated) gaps between consecutive
          eigenvalues of L D L^T, i.e., WGAP(I-OFFSET) is the gap between
          eigenvalues I and I+1. Note that if IFIRST.EQ.ILAST
          then WGAP(IFIRST-OFFSET) must be set to ZERO.
          On output, these gaps are refined.

WERR

          WERR is REAL array, dimension (N)
          On input, WERR( IFIRST-OFFSET ) through WERR( ILAST-OFFSET ) are
          the errors in the estimates of the corresponding elements in W.
          On output, these errors are refined.

WORK

          WORK is REAL array, dimension (2*N)
          Workspace.

IWORK

          IWORK is INTEGER array, dimension (2*N)
          Workspace.

PIVMIN

          PIVMIN is REAL
          The minimum pivot in the Sturm sequence.

SPDIAM

          SPDIAM is REAL
          The spectral diameter of the matrix.

TWIST

          TWIST is INTEGER
          The twist index for the twisted factorization that is used
          for the negcount.
          TWIST = N: Compute negcount from L D L^T - LAMBDA I = L+ D+ L+^T
          TWIST = 1: Compute negcount from L D L^T - LAMBDA I = U- D- U-^T
          TWIST = R: Compute negcount from L D L^T - LAMBDA I = N(r) D(r) N(r)

INFO

          INFO is INTEGER
          Error flag.

Author:

Univ. of Tennessee

Univ. of California Berkeley

Univ. of Colorado Denver

NAG Ltd.

Date:

: September 2012

Contributors:

: Beresford Parlett, University of California, Berkeley, USA

Jim Demmel, University of California, Berkeley, USA

Inderjit Dhillon, University of Texas, Austin, USA

Osni Marques, LBNL/NERSC, USA

Christof Voemel, University of California, Berkeley, USA

subroutine slarrc (character JOBT, integer N, real VL, real VU, real, dimension( * ) D, real, dimension( * ) E, real PIVMIN, integer EIGCNT, integer LCNT, integer RCNT, integer INFO)

SLARRC computes the number of eigenvalues of the symmetric tridiagonal matrix.

Purpose:

 Find the number of eigenvalues of the symmetric tridiagonal matrix T
 that are in the interval (VL,VU] if JOBT = 'T', and of L D L^T
 if JOBT = 'L'.

Parameters:

JOBT

          JOBT is CHARACTER*1
          = 'T':  Compute Sturm count for matrix T.
          = 'L':  Compute Sturm count for matrix L D L^T.

          N is INTEGER
          The order of the matrix. N > 0.

          VL is REAL
          The lower bound for the eigenvalues.

          VU is REAL
          The upper bound for the eigenvalues.

          D is REAL array, dimension (N)
          JOBT = 'T': The N diagonal elements of the tridiagonal matrix T.
          JOBT = 'L': The N diagonal elements of the diagonal matrix D.

          E is REAL array, dimension (N)
          JOBT = 'T': The N-1 offdiagonal elements of the matrix T.
          JOBT = 'L': The N-1 offdiagonal elements of the matrix L.

PIVMIN

          PIVMIN is REAL
          The minimum pivot in the Sturm sequence for T.

EIGCNT

          EIGCNT is INTEGER
          The number of eigenvalues of the symmetric tridiagonal matrix T
          that are in the interval (VL,VU]

LCNT

          LCNT is INTEGER

RCNT

          RCNT is INTEGER
          The left and right negcounts of the interval.

INFO

          INFO is INTEGER

Author:

Univ. of Tennessee

Univ. of California Berkeley

Univ. of Colorado Denver

NAG Ltd.

Date:

: June 2016

Contributors:

: Beresford Parlett, University of California, Berkeley, USA

Jim Demmel, University of California, Berkeley, USA

Inderjit Dhillon, University of Texas, Austin, USA

Osni Marques, LBNL/NERSC, USA

Christof Voemel, University of California, Berkeley, USA

subroutine slarrd (character RANGE, character ORDER, integer N, real VL, real VU, integer IL, integer IU, real, dimension( * ) GERS, real RELTOL, real, dimension( * ) D, real, dimension( * ) E, real, dimension( * ) E2, real PIVMIN, integer NSPLIT, integer, dimension( * ) ISPLIT, integer M, real, dimension( * ) W, real, dimension( * ) WERR, real WL, real WU, integer, dimension( * ) IBLOCK, integer, dimension( * ) INDEXW, real, dimension( * ) WORK, integer, dimension( * ) IWORK, integer INFO)

SLARRD computes the eigenvalues of a symmetric tridiagonal matrix to suitable accuracy.

Purpose:

 SLARRD computes the eigenvalues of a symmetric tridiagonal
 matrix T to suitable accuracy. This is an auxiliary code to be
 called from SSTEMR.
 The user may ask for all eigenvalues, all eigenvalues
 in the half-open interval (VL, VU], or the IL-th through IU-th
 eigenvalues.
 To avoid overflow, the matrix must be scaled so that its
 largest element is no greater than overflow**(1/2) * underflow**(1/4) in absolute value, and for greatest
 accuracy, it should not be much smaller than that.
 See W. Kahan "Accurate Eigenvalues of a Symmetric Tridiagonal
 Matrix", Report CS41, Computer Science Dept., Stanford
 University, July 21, 1966.

Parameters:

RANGE

          RANGE is CHARACTER*1
          = 'A': ("All")   all eigenvalues will be found.
          = 'V': ("Value") all eigenvalues in the half-open interval
                           (VL, VU] will be found.
          = 'I': ("Index") the IL-th through IU-th eigenvalues (of the
                           entire matrix) will be found.

ORDER

          ORDER is CHARACTER*1
          = 'B': ("By Block") the eigenvalues will be grouped by
                              split-off block (see IBLOCK, ISPLIT) and
                              ordered from smallest to largest within
                              the block.
          = 'E': ("Entire matrix")
                              the eigenvalues for the entire matrix
                              will be ordered from smallest to
                              largest.

          N is INTEGER
          The order of the tridiagonal matrix T.  N >= 0.

          VL is REAL
          If RANGE='V', the lower bound of the interval to
          be searched for eigenvalues.  Eigenvalues less than or equal
          to VL, or greater than VU, will not be returned.  VL < VU.
          Not referenced if RANGE = 'A' or 'I'.

          VU is REAL
          If RANGE='V', the upper bound of the interval to
          be searched for eigenvalues.  Eigenvalues less than or equal
          to VL, or greater than VU, will not be returned.  VL < VU.
          Not referenced if RANGE = 'A' or 'I'.

          IL is INTEGER
          If RANGE='I', the index of the
          smallest eigenvalue to be returned.
          1 <= IL <= IU <= N, if N > 0; IL = 1 and IU = 0 if N = 0.
          Not referenced if RANGE = 'A' or 'V'.

          IU is INTEGER
          If RANGE='I', the index of the
          largest eigenvalue to be returned.
          1 <= IL <= IU <= N, if N > 0; IL = 1 and IU = 0 if N = 0.
          Not referenced if RANGE = 'A' or 'V'.

GERS

          GERS is REAL array, dimension (2*N)
          The N Gerschgorin intervals (the i-th Gerschgorin interval
          is (GERS(2*i-1), GERS(2*i)).

RELTOL

          RELTOL is REAL
          The minimum relative width of an interval.  When an interval
          is narrower than RELTOL times the larger (in
          magnitude) endpoint, then it is considered to be
          sufficiently small, i.e., converged.  Note: this should
          always be at least radix*machine epsilon.

          D is REAL array, dimension (N)
          The n diagonal elements of the tridiagonal matrix T.

          E is REAL array, dimension (N-1)
          The (n-1) off-diagonal elements of the tridiagonal matrix T.

          E2 is REAL array, dimension (N-1)
          The (n-1) squared off-diagonal elements of the tridiagonal matrix T.

PIVMIN

          PIVMIN is REAL
          The minimum pivot allowed in the Sturm sequence for T.

NSPLIT

          NSPLIT is INTEGER
          The number of diagonal blocks in the matrix T.
          1 <= NSPLIT <= N.

ISPLIT

          ISPLIT is INTEGER array, dimension (N)
          The splitting points, at which T breaks up into submatrices.
          The first submatrix consists of rows/columns 1 to ISPLIT(1),
          the second of rows/columns ISPLIT(1)+1 through ISPLIT(2),
          etc., and the NSPLIT-th consists of rows/columns
          ISPLIT(NSPLIT-1)+1 through ISPLIT(NSPLIT)=N.
          (Only the first NSPLIT elements will actually be used, but
          since the user cannot know a priori what value NSPLIT will
          have, N words must be reserved for ISPLIT.)

          M is INTEGER
          The actual number of eigenvalues found. 0 <= M <= N.
          (See also the description of INFO=2,3.)

          W is REAL array, dimension (N)
          On exit, the first M elements of W will contain the
          eigenvalue approximations. SLARRD computes an interval
          I_j = (a_j, b_j] that includes eigenvalue j. The eigenvalue
          approximation is given as the interval midpoint
          W(j)= ( a_j + b_j)/2. The corresponding error is bounded by
          WERR(j) = abs( a_j - b_j)/2

WERR

          WERR is REAL array, dimension (N)
          The error bound on the corresponding eigenvalue approximation
          in W.

          WL is REAL

          WU is REAL
          The interval (WL, WU] contains all the wanted eigenvalues.
          If RANGE='V', then WL=VL and WU=VU.
          If RANGE='A', then WL and WU are the global Gerschgorin bounds
                        on the spectrum.
          If RANGE='I', then WL and WU are computed by SLAEBZ from the
                        index range specified.

IBLOCK

          IBLOCK is INTEGER array, dimension (N)
          At each row/column j where E(j) is zero or small, the
          matrix T is considered to split into a block diagonal
          matrix.  On exit, if INFO = 0, IBLOCK(i) specifies to which
          block (from 1 to the number of blocks) the eigenvalue W(i)
          belongs.  (SLARRD may use the remaining N-M elements as
          workspace.)

INDEXW

          INDEXW is INTEGER array, dimension (N)
          The indices of the eigenvalues within each block (submatrix);
          for example, INDEXW(i)= j and IBLOCK(i)=k imply that the
          i-th eigenvalue W(i) is the j-th eigenvalue in block k.

WORK

          WORK is REAL array, dimension (4*N)

IWORK

          IWORK is INTEGER array, dimension (3*N)

INFO

          INFO is INTEGER
          = 0:  successful exit
          < 0:  if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value
          > 0:  some or all of the eigenvalues failed to converge or
                were not computed:
                =1 or 3: Bisection failed to converge for some
                        eigenvalues; these eigenvalues are flagged by a
                        negative block number.  The effect is that the
                        eigenvalues may not be as accurate as the
                        absolute and relative tolerances.  This is
                        generally caused by unexpectedly inaccurate
                        arithmetic.
                =2 or 3: RANGE='I' only: Not all of the eigenvalues
                        IL:IU were found.
                        Effect: M < IU+1-IL
                        Cause:  non-monotonic arithmetic, causing the
                                Sturm sequence to be non-monotonic.
                        Cure:   recalculate, using RANGE='A', and pick
                                out eigenvalues IL:IU.  In some cases,
                                increasing the PARAMETER "FUDGE" may
                                make things work.
                = 4:    RANGE='I', and the Gershgorin interval
                        initially used was too small.  No eigenvalues
                        were computed.
                        Probable cause: your machine has sloppy
                                        floating-point arithmetic.
                        Cure: Increase the PARAMETER "FUDGE",
                              recompile, and try again.

Internal Parameters:

  FUDGE   REAL, default = 2
          A "fudge factor" to widen the Gershgorin intervals.  Ideally,
          a value of 1 should work, but on machines with sloppy
          arithmetic, this needs to be larger.  The default for
          publicly released versions should be large enough to handle
          the worst machine around.  Note that this has no effect
          on accuracy of the solution.

Contributors:

: W. Kahan, University of California, Berkeley, USA

Beresford Parlett, University of California, Berkeley, USA

Jim Demmel, University of California, Berkeley, USA

Inderjit Dhillon, University of Texas, Austin, USA

Osni Marques, LBNL/NERSC, USA

Christof Voemel, University of California, Berkeley, USA

Author:

Univ. of Tennessee

Univ. of California Berkeley

Univ. of Colorado Denver

NAG Ltd.

Date:

: June 2016

subroutine slarre (character RANGE, integer N, real VL, real VU, integer IL, integer IU, real, dimension( * ) D, real, dimension( * ) E, real, dimension( * ) E2, real RTOL1, real RTOL2, real SPLTOL, integer NSPLIT, integer, dimension( * ) ISPLIT, integer M, real, dimension( * ) W, real, dimension( * ) WERR, real, dimension( * ) WGAP, integer, dimension( * ) IBLOCK, integer, dimension( * ) INDEXW, real, dimension( * ) GERS, real PIVMIN, real, dimension( * ) WORK, integer, dimension( * ) IWORK, integer INFO)

SLARRE given the tridiagonal matrix T, sets small off-diagonal elements to zero and for each unreduced block Ti, finds base representations and eigenvalues.

Purpose:

 To find the desired eigenvalues of a given real symmetric
 tridiagonal matrix T, SLARRE sets any "small" off-diagonal
 elements to zero, and for each unreduced block T_i, it finds
 (a) a suitable shift at one end of the block's spectrum,
 (b) the base representation, T_i - sigma_i I = L_i D_i L_i^T, and
 (c) eigenvalues of each L_i D_i L_i^T.
 The representations and eigenvalues found are then used by
 SSTEMR to compute the eigenvectors of T.
 The accuracy varies depending on whether bisection is used to
 find a few eigenvalues or the dqds algorithm (subroutine SLASQ2) to
 conpute all and then discard any unwanted one.
 As an added benefit, SLARRE also outputs the n
 Gerschgorin intervals for the matrices L_i D_i L_i^T.

Parameters:

RANGE

          RANGE is CHARACTER*1
          = 'A': ("All")   all eigenvalues will be found.
          = 'V': ("Value") all eigenvalues in the half-open interval
                           (VL, VU] will be found.
          = 'I': ("Index") the IL-th through IU-th eigenvalues (of the
                           entire matrix) will be found.

          N is INTEGER
          The order of the matrix. N > 0.

          VL is REAL
          If RANGE='V', the lower bound for the eigenvalues.
          Eigenvalues less than or equal to VL, or greater than VU,
          will not be returned.  VL < VU.
          If RANGE='I' or ='A', SLARRE computes bounds on the desired
          part of the spectrum.

          VU is REAL
          If RANGE='V', the upper bound for the eigenvalues.
          Eigenvalues less than or equal to VL, or greater than VU,
          will not be returned.  VL < VU.
          If RANGE='I' or ='A', SLARRE computes bounds on the desired
          part of the spectrum.

          IL is INTEGER
          If RANGE='I', the index of the
          smallest eigenvalue to be returned.
          1 <= IL <= IU <= N.

          IU is INTEGER
          If RANGE='I', the index of the
          largest eigenvalue to be returned.
          1 <= IL <= IU <= N.

          D is REAL array, dimension (N)
          On entry, the N diagonal elements of the tridiagonal
          matrix T.
          On exit, the N diagonal elements of the diagonal
          matrices D_i.

          E is REAL array, dimension (N)
          On entry, the first (N-1) entries contain the subdiagonal
          elements of the tridiagonal matrix T; E(N) need not be set.
          On exit, E contains the subdiagonal elements of the unit
          bidiagonal matrices L_i. The entries E( ISPLIT( I ) ),
          1 <= I <= NSPLIT, contain the base points sigma_i on output.

          E2 is REAL array, dimension (N)
          On entry, the first (N-1) entries contain the SQUARES of the
          subdiagonal elements of the tridiagonal matrix T;
          E2(N) need not be set.
          On exit, the entries E2( ISPLIT( I ) ),
          1 <= I <= NSPLIT, have been set to zero

RTOL1

          RTOL1 is REAL

RTOL2

          RTOL2 is REAL
           Parameters for bisection.
           An interval [LEFT,RIGHT] has converged if
           RIGHT-LEFT.LT.MAX( RTOL1*GAP, RTOL2*MAX(|LEFT|,|RIGHT|) )

SPLTOL

          SPLTOL is REAL
          The threshold for splitting.

NSPLIT

          NSPLIT is INTEGER
          The number of blocks T splits into. 1 <= NSPLIT <= N.

ISPLIT

          ISPLIT is INTEGER array, dimension (N)
          The splitting points, at which T breaks up into blocks.
          The first block consists of rows/columns 1 to ISPLIT(1),
          the second of rows/columns ISPLIT(1)+1 through ISPLIT(2),
          etc., and the NSPLIT-th consists of rows/columns
          ISPLIT(NSPLIT-1)+1 through ISPLIT(NSPLIT)=N.

          M is INTEGER
          The total number of eigenvalues (of all L_i D_i L_i^T)
          found.

          W is REAL array, dimension (N)
          The first M elements contain the eigenvalues. The
          eigenvalues of each of the blocks, L_i D_i L_i^T, are
          sorted in ascending order ( SLARRE may use the
          remaining N-M elements as workspace).

WERR

          WERR is REAL array, dimension (N)
          The error bound on the corresponding eigenvalue in W.

WGAP

          WGAP is REAL array, dimension (N)
          The separation from the right neighbor eigenvalue in W.
          The gap is only with respect to the eigenvalues of the same block
          as each block has its own representation tree.
          Exception: at the right end of a block we store the left gap

IBLOCK

          IBLOCK is INTEGER array, dimension (N)
          The indices of the blocks (submatrices) associated with the
          corresponding eigenvalues in W; IBLOCK(i)=1 if eigenvalue
          W(i) belongs to the first block from the top, =2 if W(i)
          belongs to the second block, etc.

INDEXW

          INDEXW is INTEGER array, dimension (N)
          The indices of the eigenvalues within each block (submatrix);
          for example, INDEXW(i)= 10 and IBLOCK(i)=2 imply that the
          i-th eigenvalue W(i) is the 10-th eigenvalue in block 2

GERS

          GERS is REAL array, dimension (2*N)
          The N Gerschgorin intervals (the i-th Gerschgorin interval
          is (GERS(2*i-1), GERS(2*i)).

PIVMIN

          PIVMIN is REAL
          The minimum pivot in the Sturm sequence for T.

WORK

          WORK is REAL array, dimension (6*N)
          Workspace.

IWORK

          IWORK is INTEGER array, dimension (5*N)
          Workspace.

INFO

          INFO is INTEGER
          = 0:  successful exit
          > 0:  A problem occurred in SLARRE.
          < 0:  One of the called subroutines signaled an internal problem.
                Needs inspection of the corresponding parameter IINFO
                for further information.
          =-1:  Problem in SLARRD.
          = 2:  No base representation could be found in MAXTRY iterations.
                Increasing MAXTRY and recompilation might be a remedy.
          =-3:  Problem in SLARRB when computing the refined root
                representation for SLASQ2.
          =-4:  Problem in SLARRB when preforming bisection on the
                desired part of the spectrum.
          =-5:  Problem in SLASQ2.
          =-6:  Problem in SLASQ2.

Author:

Univ. of Tennessee

Univ. of California Berkeley

Univ. of Colorado Denver

NAG Ltd.

Date:

: June 2016

Further Details:

  The base representations are required to suffer very little
  element growth and consequently define all their eigenvalues to
  high relative accuracy.

Contributors:

: Beresford Parlett, University of California, Berkeley, USA

Jim Demmel, University of California, Berkeley, USA

Inderjit Dhillon, University of Texas, Austin, USA

Osni Marques, LBNL/NERSC, USA

Christof Voemel, University of California, Berkeley, USA

subroutine slarrf (integer N, real, dimension( * ) D, real, dimension( * ) L, real, dimension( * ) LD, integer CLSTRT, integer CLEND, real, dimension( * ) W, real, dimension( * ) WGAP, real, dimension( * ) WERR, real SPDIAM, real CLGAPL, real CLGAPR, real PIVMIN, real SIGMA, real, dimension( * ) DPLUS, real, dimension( * ) LPLUS, real, dimension( * ) WORK, integer INFO)

SLARRF finds a new relatively robust representation such that at least one of the eigenvalues is relatively isolated.

Purpose:

 Given the initial representation L D L^T and its cluster of close
 eigenvalues (in a relative measure), W( CLSTRT ), W( CLSTRT+1 ), ...
 W( CLEND ), SLARRF finds a new relatively robust representation
 L D L^T - SIGMA I = L(+) D(+) L(+)^T such that at least one of the
 eigenvalues of L(+) D(+) L(+)^T is relatively isolated.

Parameters:

          N is INTEGER
          The order of the matrix (subblock, if the matrix split).

          D is REAL array, dimension (N)
          The N diagonal elements of the diagonal matrix D.

          L is REAL array, dimension (N-1)
          The (N-1) subdiagonal elements of the unit bidiagonal
          matrix L.

          LD is REAL array, dimension (N-1)
          The (N-1) elements L(i)*D(i).

CLSTRT

          CLSTRT is INTEGER
          The index of the first eigenvalue in the cluster.

CLEND

          CLEND is INTEGER
          The index of the last eigenvalue in the cluster.

          W is REAL array, dimension
          dimension is >=  (CLEND-CLSTRT+1)
          The eigenvalue APPROXIMATIONS of L D L^T in ascending order.
          W( CLSTRT ) through W( CLEND ) form the cluster of relatively
          close eigenalues.

WGAP

          WGAP is REAL array, dimension
          dimension is >=  (CLEND-CLSTRT+1)
          The separation from the right neighbor eigenvalue in W.

WERR

          WERR is REAL array, dimension
          dimension is >=  (CLEND-CLSTRT+1)
          WERR contain the semiwidth of the uncertainty
          interval of the corresponding eigenvalue APPROXIMATION in W

SPDIAM

          SPDIAM is REAL
          estimate of the spectral diameter obtained from the
          Gerschgorin intervals

CLGAPL

          CLGAPL is REAL

CLGAPR

          CLGAPR is REAL
          absolute gap on each end of the cluster.
          Set by the calling routine to protect against shifts too close
          to eigenvalues outside the cluster.

PIVMIN

          PIVMIN is REAL
          The minimum pivot allowed in the Sturm sequence.

SIGMA

          SIGMA is REAL
          The shift used to form L(+) D(+) L(+)^T.

DPLUS

          DPLUS is REAL array, dimension (N)
          The N diagonal elements of the diagonal matrix D(+).

LPLUS

          LPLUS is REAL array, dimension (N-1)
          The first (N-1) elements of LPLUS contain the subdiagonal
          elements of the unit bidiagonal matrix L(+).

WORK

          WORK is REAL array, dimension (2*N)
          Workspace.

INFO

          INFO is INTEGER
          Signals processing OK (=0) or failure (=1)

Author:

Univ. of Tennessee

Univ. of California Berkeley

Univ. of Colorado Denver

NAG Ltd.

Date:

: June 2016

Contributors:

: Beresford Parlett, University of California, Berkeley, USA

Jim Demmel, University of California, Berkeley, USA

Inderjit Dhillon, University of Texas, Austin, USA

Osni Marques, LBNL/NERSC, USA

Christof Voemel, University of California, Berkeley, USA

subroutine slarrj (integer N, real, dimension( * ) D, real, dimension( * ) E2, integer IFIRST, integer ILAST, real RTOL, integer OFFSET, real, dimension( * ) W, real, dimension( * ) WERR, real, dimension( * ) WORK, integer, dimension( * ) IWORK, real PIVMIN, real SPDIAM, integer INFO)

SLARRJ performs refinement of the initial estimates of the eigenvalues of the matrix T.

Purpose:

 Given the initial eigenvalue approximations of T, SLARRJ
 does  bisection to refine the eigenvalues of T,
 W( IFIRST-OFFSET ) through W( ILAST-OFFSET ), to more accuracy. Initial
 guesses for these eigenvalues are input in W, the corresponding estimate
 of the error in these guesses in WERR. During bisection, intervals
 [left, right] are maintained by storing their mid-points and
 semi-widths in the arrays W and WERR respectively.

Parameters:

          N is INTEGER
          The order of the matrix.

          D is REAL array, dimension (N)
          The N diagonal elements of T.

          E2 is REAL array, dimension (N-1)
          The Squares of the (N-1) subdiagonal elements of T.

IFIRST

          IFIRST is INTEGER
          The index of the first eigenvalue to be computed.

ILAST

          ILAST is INTEGER
          The index of the last eigenvalue to be computed.

RTOL

          RTOL is REAL
          Tolerance for the convergence of the bisection intervals.
          An interval [LEFT,RIGHT] has converged if
          RIGHT-LEFT.LT.RTOL*MAX(|LEFT|,|RIGHT|).

OFFSET

          OFFSET is INTEGER
          Offset for the arrays W and WERR, i.e., the IFIRST-OFFSET
          through ILAST-OFFSET elements of these arrays are to be used.

          W is REAL array, dimension (N)
          On input, W( IFIRST-OFFSET ) through W( ILAST-OFFSET ) are
          estimates of the eigenvalues of L D L^T indexed IFIRST through
          ILAST.
          On output, these estimates are refined.

WERR

          WERR is REAL array, dimension (N)
          On input, WERR( IFIRST-OFFSET ) through WERR( ILAST-OFFSET ) are
          the errors in the estimates of the corresponding elements in W.
          On output, these errors are refined.

WORK

          WORK is REAL array, dimension (2*N)
          Workspace.

IWORK

          IWORK is INTEGER array, dimension (2*N)
          Workspace.

PIVMIN

          PIVMIN is REAL
          The minimum pivot in the Sturm sequence for T.

SPDIAM

          SPDIAM is REAL
          The spectral diameter of T.

INFO

          INFO is INTEGER
          Error flag.

Author:

Univ. of Tennessee

Univ. of California Berkeley

Univ. of Colorado Denver

NAG Ltd.

Date:

: September 2012

Contributors:

: Beresford Parlett, University of California, Berkeley, USA

Jim Demmel, University of California, Berkeley, USA

Inderjit Dhillon, University of Texas, Austin, USA

Osni Marques, LBNL/NERSC, USA

Christof Voemel, University of California, Berkeley, USA

subroutine slarrk (integer N, integer IW, real GL, real GU, real, dimension( * ) D, real, dimension( * ) E2, real PIVMIN, real RELTOL, real W, real WERR, integer INFO)

SLARRK computes one eigenvalue of a symmetric tridiagonal matrix T to suitable accuracy.

Purpose:

 SLARRK computes one eigenvalue of a symmetric tridiagonal
 matrix T to suitable accuracy. This is an auxiliary code to be
 called from SSTEMR.
 To avoid overflow, the matrix must be scaled so that its
 largest element is no greater than overflow**(1/2) * underflow**(1/4) in absolute value, and for greatest
 accuracy, it should not be much smaller than that.
 See W. Kahan "Accurate Eigenvalues of a Symmetric Tridiagonal
 Matrix", Report CS41, Computer Science Dept., Stanford
 University, July 21, 1966.

Parameters:

          N is INTEGER
          The order of the tridiagonal matrix T.  N >= 0.

          IW is INTEGER
          The index of the eigenvalues to be returned.

          GL is REAL

          GU is REAL
          An upper and a lower bound on the eigenvalue.

          D is REAL array, dimension (N)
          The n diagonal elements of the tridiagonal matrix T.

          E2 is REAL array, dimension (N-1)
          The (n-1) squared off-diagonal elements of the tridiagonal matrix T.

PIVMIN

          PIVMIN is REAL
          The minimum pivot allowed in the Sturm sequence for T.

RELTOL

          RELTOL is REAL
          The minimum relative width of an interval.  When an interval
          is narrower than RELTOL times the larger (in
          magnitude) endpoint, then it is considered to be
          sufficiently small, i.e., converged.  Note: this should
          always be at least radix*machine epsilon.

          W is REAL

WERR

          WERR is REAL
          The error bound on the corresponding eigenvalue approximation
          in W.

INFO

          INFO is INTEGER
          = 0:       Eigenvalue converged
          = -1:      Eigenvalue did NOT converge

Internal Parameters:

  FUDGE   REAL            , default = 2
          A "fudge factor" to widen the Gershgorin intervals.

Author:

Univ. of Tennessee

Univ. of California Berkeley

Univ. of Colorado Denver

NAG Ltd.

Date:

: September 2012

subroutine slarrr (integer N, real, dimension( * ) D, real, dimension( * ) E, integer INFO)

SLARRR performs tests to decide whether the symmetric tridiagonal matrix T warrants expensive computations which guarantee high relative accuracy in the eigenvalues.

Purpose:

 Perform tests to decide whether the symmetric tridiagonal matrix T
 warrants expensive computations which guarantee high relative accuracy
 in the eigenvalues.

Parameters:

          N is INTEGER
          The order of the matrix. N > 0.

          D is REAL array, dimension (N)
          The N diagonal elements of the tridiagonal matrix T.

          E is REAL array, dimension (N)
          On entry, the first (N-1) entries contain the subdiagonal
          elements of the tridiagonal matrix T; E(N) is set to ZERO.

INFO

          INFO is INTEGER
          INFO = 0(default) : the matrix warrants computations preserving
                              relative accuracy.
          INFO = 1          : the matrix warrants computations guaranteeing
                              only absolute accuracy.

Author:

Univ. of Tennessee

Univ. of California Berkeley

Univ. of Colorado Denver

NAG Ltd.

Date:

: September 2012

Contributors:

: Beresford Parlett, University of California, Berkeley, USA

Jim Demmel, University of California, Berkeley, USA

Inderjit Dhillon, University of Texas, Austin, USA

Osni Marques, LBNL/NERSC, USA

Christof Voemel, University of California, Berkeley, USA

subroutine slartg (real F, real G, real CS, real SN, real R)

SLARTG generates a plane rotation with real cosine and real sine.

Purpose:

 SLARTG generate a plane rotation so that
    [  CS  SN  ]  .  [ F ]  =  [ R ]   where CS**2 + SN**2 = 1.
    [ -SN  CS  ]     [ G ]     [ 0 ]
 This is a slower, more accurate version of the BLAS1 routine SROTG,
 with the following other differences:
    F and G are unchanged on return.
    If G=0, then CS=1 and SN=0.
    If F=0 and (G .ne. 0), then CS=0 and SN=1 without doing any
       floating point operations (saves work in SBDSQR when
       there are zeros on the diagonal).
 If F exceeds G in magnitude, CS will be positive.

Parameters:

          F is REAL
          The first component of vector to be rotated.

          G is REAL
          The second component of vector to be rotated.

          CS is REAL
          The cosine of the rotation.

          SN is REAL
          The sine of the rotation.

          R is REAL
          The nonzero component of the rotated vector.
  This version has a few statements commented out for thread safety
  (machine parameters are computed on each entry). 10 feb 03, SJH.

Author:

Univ. of Tennessee

Univ. of California Berkeley

Univ. of Colorado Denver

NAG Ltd.

Date:

: September 2012

subroutine slartgp (real F, real G, real CS, real SN, real R)

SLARTGP generates a plane rotation so that the diagonal is nonnegative.

Purpose:

 SLARTGP generates a plane rotation so that
    [  CS  SN  ]  .  [ F ]  =  [ R ]   where CS**2 + SN**2 = 1.
    [ -SN  CS  ]     [ G ]     [ 0 ]
 This is a slower, more accurate version of the Level 1 BLAS routine SROTG,
 with the following other differences:
    F and G are unchanged on return.
    If G=0, then CS=(+/-)1 and SN=0.
    If F=0 and (G .ne. 0), then CS=0 and SN=(+/-)1.
 The sign is chosen so that R >= 0.

Parameters:

          F is REAL
          The first component of vector to be rotated.

          G is REAL
          The second component of vector to be rotated.

          CS is REAL
          The cosine of the rotation.

          SN is REAL
          The sine of the rotation.

          R is REAL
          The nonzero component of the rotated vector.
  This version has a few statements commented out for thread safety
  (machine parameters are computed on each entry). 10 feb 03, SJH.

Author:

Univ. of Tennessee

Univ. of California Berkeley

Univ. of Colorado Denver

NAG Ltd.

Date:

: September 2012

subroutine slaruv (integer, dimension( 4 ) ISEED, integer N, real, dimension( n ) X)

SLARUV returns a vector of n random real numbers from a uniform distribution.

Purpose:

 SLARUV returns a vector of n random real numbers from a uniform (0,1)
 distribution (n <= 128).
 This is an auxiliary routine called by SLARNV and CLARNV.

Parameters:

ISEED

          ISEED is INTEGER array, dimension (4)
          On entry, the seed of the random number generator; the array
          elements must be between 0 and 4095, and ISEED(4) must be
          odd.
          On exit, the seed is updated.

          N is INTEGER
          The number of random numbers to be generated. N <= 128.

          X is REAL array, dimension (N)
          The generated random numbers.

Author:

Univ. of Tennessee

Univ. of California Berkeley

Univ. of Colorado Denver

NAG Ltd.

Date:

: September 2012

Further Details:

  This routine uses a multiplicative congruential method with modulus
  2**48 and multiplier 33952834046453 (see G.S.Fishman,
  'Multiplicative congruential random number generators with modulus
  2**b: an exhaustive analysis for b = 32 and a partial analysis for
  b = 48', Math. Comp. 189, pp 331-344, 1990).
  48-bit integers are stored in 4 integer array elements with 12 bits
  per element. Hence the routine is portable across machines with
  integers of 32 bits or more.

subroutine slas2 (real F, real G, real H, real SSMIN, real SSMAX)

SLAS2 computes singular values of a 2-by-2 triangular matrix.

Purpose:

 SLAS2  computes the singular values of the 2-by-2 matrix
    [  F   G  ]
    [  0   H  ].
 On return, SSMIN is the smaller singular value and SSMAX is the
 larger singular value.

Parameters:

          F is REAL
          The (1,1) element of the 2-by-2 matrix.

          G is REAL
          The (1,2) element of the 2-by-2 matrix.

          H is REAL
          The (2,2) element of the 2-by-2 matrix.

SSMIN

          SSMIN is REAL
          The smaller singular value.

SSMAX

          SSMAX is REAL
          The larger singular value.

Author:

Univ. of Tennessee

Univ. of California Berkeley

Univ. of Colorado Denver

NAG Ltd.

Date:

: September 2012

Further Details:

  Barring over/underflow, all output quantities are correct to within
  a few units in the last place (ulps), even in the absence of a guard
  digit in addition/subtraction.
  In IEEE arithmetic, the code works correctly if one matrix element is
  infinite.
  Overflow will not occur unless the largest singular value itself
  overflows, or is within a few ulps of overflow. (On machines with
  partial overflow, like the Cray, overflow may occur if the largest
  singular value is within a factor of 2 of overflow.)
  Underflow is harmless if underflow is gradual. Otherwise, results
  may correspond to a matrix modified by perturbations of size near
  the underflow threshold.

subroutine slascl (character TYPE, integer KL, integer KU, real CFROM, real CTO, integer M, integer N, real, dimension( lda, * ) A, integer LDA, integer INFO)

SLASCL multiplies a general rectangular matrix by a real scalar defined as cto/cfrom.

Purpose:

 SLASCL multiplies the M by N real matrix A by the real scalar
 CTO/CFROM.  This is done without over/underflow as long as the final
 result CTO*A(I,J)/CFROM does not over/underflow. TYPE specifies that
 A may be full, upper triangular, lower triangular, upper Hessenberg,
 or banded.

Parameters:

TYPE

          TYPE is CHARACTER*1
          TYPE indices the storage type of the input matrix.
          = 'G':  A is a full matrix.
          = 'L':  A is a lower triangular matrix.
          = 'U':  A is an upper triangular matrix.
          = 'H':  A is an upper Hessenberg matrix.
          = 'B':  A is a symmetric band matrix with lower bandwidth KL
                  and upper bandwidth KU and with the only the lower
                  half stored.
          = 'Q':  A is a symmetric band matrix with lower bandwidth KL
                  and upper bandwidth KU and with the only the upper
                  half stored.
          = 'Z':  A is a band matrix with lower bandwidth KL and upper
                  bandwidth KU. See SGBTRF for storage details.

          KL is INTEGER
          The lower bandwidth of A.  Referenced only if TYPE = 'B',
          'Q' or 'Z'.

          KU is INTEGER
          The upper bandwidth of A.  Referenced only if TYPE = 'B',
          'Q' or 'Z'.

CFROM

          CFROM is REAL

CTO

          CTO is REAL
          The matrix A is multiplied by CTO/CFROM. A(I,J) is computed
          without over/underflow if the final result CTO*A(I,J)/CFROM
          can be represented without over/underflow.  CFROM must be
          nonzero.

          M is INTEGER
          The number of rows of the matrix A.  M >= 0.

          N is INTEGER
          The number of columns of the matrix A.  N >= 0.

          A is REAL array, dimension (LDA,N)
          The matrix to be multiplied by CTO/CFROM.  See TYPE for the
          storage type.

LDA

          LDA is INTEGER
          The leading dimension of the array A.
          If TYPE = 'G', 'L', 'U', 'H', LDA >= max(1,M);
             TYPE = 'B', LDA >= KL+1;
             TYPE = 'Q', LDA >= KU+1;
             TYPE = 'Z', LDA >= 2*KL+KU+1.

INFO

          INFO is INTEGER
          0  - successful exit
          <0 - if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value.

Author:

Univ. of Tennessee

Univ. of California Berkeley

Univ. of Colorado Denver

NAG Ltd.

Date:

: June 2016

subroutine slasd0 (integer N, integer SQRE, real, dimension( * ) D, real, dimension( * ) E, real, dimension( ldu, * ) U, integer LDU, real, dimension( ldvt, * ) VT, integer LDVT, integer SMLSIZ, integer, dimension( * ) IWORK, real, dimension( * ) WORK, integer INFO)

SLASD0 computes the singular values of a real upper bidiagonal n-by-m matrix B with diagonal d and off-diagonal e. Used by sbdsdc.

Purpose:

 Using a divide and conquer approach, SLASD0 computes the singular
 value decomposition (SVD) of a real upper bidiagonal N-by-M
 matrix B with diagonal D and offdiagonal E, where M = N + SQRE.
 The algorithm computes orthogonal matrices U and VT such that
 B = U * S * VT. The singular values S are overwritten on D.
 A related subroutine, SLASDA, computes only the singular values,
 and optionally, the singular vectors in compact form.

Parameters:

          N is INTEGER
         On entry, the row dimension of the upper bidiagonal matrix.
         This is also the dimension of the main diagonal array D.

SQRE

          SQRE is INTEGER
         Specifies the column dimension of the bidiagonal matrix.
         = 0: The bidiagonal matrix has column dimension M = N;
         = 1: The bidiagonal matrix has column dimension M = N+1;

          D is REAL array, dimension (N)
         On entry D contains the main diagonal of the bidiagonal
         matrix.
         On exit D, if INFO = 0, contains its singular values.

          E is REAL array, dimension (M-1)
         Contains the subdiagonal entries of the bidiagonal matrix.
         On exit, E has been destroyed.

          U is REAL array, dimension at least (LDQ, N)
         On exit, U contains the left singular vectors.

LDU

          LDU is INTEGER
         On entry, leading dimension of U.

          VT is REAL array, dimension at least (LDVT, M)
         On exit, VT**T contains the right singular vectors.

LDVT

          LDVT is INTEGER
         On entry, leading dimension of VT.

SMLSIZ

          SMLSIZ is INTEGER
         On entry, maximum size of the subproblems at the
         bottom of the computation tree.

IWORK

          IWORK is INTEGER array, dimension (8*N)

WORK

          WORK is REAL array, dimension (3*M**2+2*M)

INFO

          INFO is INTEGER
          = 0:  successful exit.
          < 0:  if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value.
          > 0:  if INFO = 1, a singular value did not converge

Author:

Univ. of Tennessee

Univ. of California Berkeley

Univ. of Colorado Denver

NAG Ltd.

Date:

: November 2015

Contributors:

: Ming Gu and Huan Ren, Computer Science Division, University of California at Berkeley, USA

subroutine slasd1 (integer NL, integer NR, integer SQRE, real, dimension( * ) D, real ALPHA, real BETA, real, dimension( ldu, * ) U, integer LDU, real, dimension( ldvt, * ) VT, integer LDVT, integer, dimension( * ) IDXQ, integer, dimension( * ) IWORK, real, dimension( * ) WORK, integer INFO)

SLASD1 computes the SVD of an upper bidiagonal matrix B of the specified size. Used by sbdsdc.

Purpose:

 SLASD1 computes the SVD of an upper bidiagonal N-by-M matrix B,
 where N = NL + NR + 1 and M = N + SQRE. SLASD1 is called from SLASD0.
 A related subroutine SLASD7 handles the case in which the singular
 values (and the singular vectors in factored form) are desired.
 SLASD1 computes the SVD as follows:
               ( D1(in)    0    0       0 )
   B = U(in) * (   Z1**T   a   Z2**T    b ) * VT(in)
               (   0       0   D2(in)   0 )
     = U(out) * ( D(out) 0) * VT(out)
 where Z**T = (Z1**T a Z2**T b) = u**T VT**T, and u is a vector of dimension M
 with ALPHA and BETA in the NL+1 and NL+2 th entries and zeros
 elsewhere; and the entry b is empty if SQRE = 0.
 The left singular vectors of the original matrix are stored in U, and
 the transpose of the right singular vectors are stored in VT, and the
 singular values are in D.  The algorithm consists of three stages:
    The first stage consists of deflating the size of the problem
    when there are multiple singular values or when there are zeros in
    the Z vector.  For each such occurrence the dimension of the
    secular equation problem is reduced by one.  This stage is
    performed by the routine SLASD2.
    The second stage consists of calculating the updated
    singular values. This is done by finding the square roots of the
    roots of the secular equation via the routine SLASD4 (as called
    by SLASD3). This routine also calculates the singular vectors of
    the current problem.
    The final stage consists of computing the updated singular vectors
    directly using the updated singular values.  The singular vectors
    for the current problem are multiplied with the singular vectors
    from the overall problem.

Parameters:

          NL is INTEGER
         The row dimension of the upper block.  NL >= 1.

          NR is INTEGER
         The row dimension of the lower block.  NR >= 1.

SQRE

          SQRE is INTEGER
         = 0: the lower block is an NR-by-NR square matrix.
         = 1: the lower block is an NR-by-(NR+1) rectangular matrix.
         The bidiagonal matrix has row dimension N = NL + NR + 1,
         and column dimension M = N + SQRE.

          D is REAL array, dimension (NL+NR+1).
         N = NL+NR+1
         On entry D(1:NL,1:NL) contains the singular values of the
         upper block; and D(NL+2:N) contains the singular values of
         the lower block. On exit D(1:N) contains the singular values
         of the modified matrix.

ALPHA

          ALPHA is REAL
         Contains the diagonal element associated with the added row.

BETA

          BETA is REAL
         Contains the off-diagonal element associated with the added
         row.

          U is REAL array, dimension (LDU,N)
         On entry U(1:NL, 1:NL) contains the left singular vectors of
         the upper block; U(NL+2:N, NL+2:N) contains the left singular
         vectors of the lower block. On exit U contains the left
         singular vectors of the bidiagonal matrix.

LDU

          LDU is INTEGER
         The leading dimension of the array U.  LDU >= max( 1, N ).

          VT is REAL array, dimension (LDVT,M)
         where M = N + SQRE.
         On entry VT(1:NL+1, 1:NL+1)**T contains the right singular
         vectors of the upper block; VT(NL+2:M, NL+2:M)**T contains
         the right singular vectors of the lower block. On exit
         VT**T contains the right singular vectors of the
         bidiagonal matrix.

LDVT

          LDVT is INTEGER
         The leading dimension of the array VT.  LDVT >= max( 1, M ).

IDXQ

          IDXQ is INTEGER array, dimension (N)
         This contains the permutation which will reintegrate the
         subproblem just solved back into sorted order, i.e.
         D( IDXQ( I = 1, N ) ) will be in ascending order.

IWORK

          IWORK is INTEGER array, dimension (4*N)

WORK

          WORK is REAL array, dimension (3*M**2+2*M)

INFO

          INFO is INTEGER
          = 0:  successful exit.
          < 0:  if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value.
          > 0:  if INFO = 1, a singular value did not converge

Author:

Univ. of Tennessee

Univ. of California Berkeley

Univ. of Colorado Denver

NAG Ltd.

Date:

: June 2016

Contributors:

: Ming Gu and Huan Ren, Computer Science Division, University of California at Berkeley, USA

subroutine slasd2 (integer NL, integer NR, integer SQRE, integer K, real, dimension( * ) D, real, dimension( * ) Z, real ALPHA, real BETA, real, dimension( ldu, * ) U, integer LDU, real, dimension( ldvt, * ) VT, integer LDVT, real, dimension( * ) DSIGMA, real, dimension( ldu2, * ) U2, integer LDU2, real, dimension( ldvt2, * ) VT2, integer LDVT2, integer, dimension( * ) IDXP, integer, dimension( * ) IDX, integer, dimension( * ) IDXC, integer, dimension( * ) IDXQ, integer, dimension( * ) COLTYP, integer INFO)

SLASD2 merges the two sets of singular values together into a single sorted set. Used by sbdsdc.

Purpose:

 SLASD2 merges the two sets of singular values together into a single
 sorted set.  Then it tries to deflate the size of the problem.
 There are two ways in which deflation can occur:  when two or more
 singular values are close together or if there is a tiny entry in the
 Z vector.  For each such occurrence the order of the related secular
 equation problem is reduced by one.
 SLASD2 is called from SLASD1.

Parameters:

          NL is INTEGER
         The row dimension of the upper block.  NL >= 1.

          NR is INTEGER
         The row dimension of the lower block.  NR >= 1.

SQRE

          SQRE is INTEGER
         = 0: the lower block is an NR-by-NR square matrix.
         = 1: the lower block is an NR-by-(NR+1) rectangular matrix.
         The bidiagonal matrix has N = NL + NR + 1 rows and
         M = N + SQRE >= N columns.

          K is INTEGER
         Contains the dimension of the non-deflated matrix,
         This is the order of the related secular equation. 1 <= K <=N.

          D is REAL array, dimension (N)
         On entry D contains the singular values of the two submatrices
         to be combined.  On exit D contains the trailing (N-K) updated
         singular values (those which were deflated) sorted into
         increasing order.

          Z is REAL array, dimension (N)
         On exit Z contains the updating row vector in the secular
         equation.

ALPHA

          ALPHA is REAL
         Contains the diagonal element associated with the added row.

BETA

          BETA is REAL
         Contains the off-diagonal element associated with the added
         row.

          U is REAL array, dimension (LDU,N)
         On entry U contains the left singular vectors of two
         submatrices in the two square blocks with corners at (1,1),
         (NL, NL), and (NL+2, NL+2), (N,N).
         On exit U contains the trailing (N-K) updated left singular
         vectors (those which were deflated) in its last N-K columns.

LDU

          LDU is INTEGER
         The leading dimension of the array U.  LDU >= N.

          VT is REAL array, dimension (LDVT,M)
         On entry VT**T contains the right singular vectors of two
         submatrices in the two square blocks with corners at (1,1),
         (NL+1, NL+1), and (NL+2, NL+2), (M,M).
         On exit VT**T contains the trailing (N-K) updated right singular
         vectors (those which were deflated) in its last N-K columns.
         In case SQRE =1, the last row of VT spans the right null
         space.

LDVT

          LDVT is INTEGER
         The leading dimension of the array VT.  LDVT >= M.

DSIGMA

          DSIGMA is REAL array, dimension (N)
         Contains a copy of the diagonal elements (K-1 singular values
         and one zero) in the secular equation.

          U2 is REAL array, dimension (LDU2,N)
         Contains a copy of the first K-1 left singular vectors which
         will be used by SLASD3 in a matrix multiply (SGEMM) to solve
         for the new left singular vectors. U2 is arranged into four
         blocks. The first block contains a column with 1 at NL+1 and
         zero everywhere else; the second block contains non-zero
         entries only at and above NL; the third contains non-zero
         entries only below NL+1; and the fourth is dense.

LDU2

          LDU2 is INTEGER
         The leading dimension of the array U2.  LDU2 >= N.

VT2

          VT2 is REAL array, dimension (LDVT2,N)
         VT2**T contains a copy of the first K right singular vectors
         which will be used by SLASD3 in a matrix multiply (SGEMM) to
         solve for the new right singular vectors. VT2 is arranged into
         three blocks. The first block contains a row that corresponds
         to the special 0 diagonal element in SIGMA; the second block
         contains non-zeros only at and before NL +1; the third block
         contains non-zeros only at and after  NL +2.

LDVT2

          LDVT2 is INTEGER
         The leading dimension of the array VT2.  LDVT2 >= M.

IDXP

          IDXP is INTEGER array, dimension (N)
         This will contain the permutation used to place deflated
         values of D at the end of the array. On output IDXP(2:K)
         points to the nondeflated D-values and IDXP(K+1:N)
         points to the deflated singular values.

IDX

          IDX is INTEGER array, dimension (N)
         This will contain the permutation used to sort the contents of
         D into ascending order.

IDXC

          IDXC is INTEGER array, dimension (N)
         This will contain the permutation used to arrange the columns
         of the deflated U matrix into three groups:  the first group
         contains non-zero entries only at and above NL, the second
         contains non-zero entries only below NL+2, and the third is
         dense.

IDXQ

          IDXQ is INTEGER array, dimension (N)
         This contains the permutation which separately sorts the two
         sub-problems in D into ascending order.  Note that entries in
         the first hlaf of this permutation must first be moved one
         position backward; and entries in the second half
         must first have NL+1 added to their values.

COLTYP

          COLTYP is INTEGER array, dimension (N)
         As workspace, this will contain a label which will indicate
         which of the following types a column in the U2 matrix or a
         row in the VT2 matrix is:
         1 : non-zero in the upper half only
         2 : non-zero in the lower half only
         3 : dense
         4 : deflated
         On exit, it is an array of dimension 4, with COLTYP(I) being
         the dimension of the I-th type columns.

INFO

          INFO is INTEGER
          = 0:  successful exit.
          < 0:  if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value.

Author:

Univ. of Tennessee

Univ. of California Berkeley

Univ. of Colorado Denver

NAG Ltd.

Date:

: September 2012

Contributors:

: Ming Gu and Huan Ren, Computer Science Division, University of California at Berkeley, USA

subroutine slasd3 (integer NL, integer NR, integer SQRE, integer K, real, dimension( * ) D, real, dimension( ldq, * ) Q, integer LDQ, real, dimension( * ) DSIGMA, real, dimension( ldu, * ) U, integer LDU, real, dimension( ldu2, * ) U2, integer LDU2, real, dimension( ldvt, * ) VT, integer LDVT, real, dimension( ldvt2, * ) VT2, integer LDVT2, integer, dimension( * ) IDXC, integer, dimension( * ) CTOT, real, dimension( * ) Z, integer INFO)

SLASD3 finds all square roots of the roots of the secular equation, as defined by the values in D and Z, and then updates the singular vectors by matrix multiplication. Used by sbdsdc.

Purpose:

 SLASD3 finds all the square roots of the roots of the secular
 equation, as defined by the values in D and Z.  It makes the
 appropriate calls to SLASD4 and then updates the singular
 vectors by matrix multiplication.
 This code makes very mild assumptions about floating point
 arithmetic. It will work on machines with a guard digit in
 add/subtract, or on those binary machines without guard digits
 which subtract like the Cray XMP, Cray YMP, Cray C 90, or Cray 2.
 It could conceivably fail on hexadecimal or decimal machines
 without guard digits, but we know of none.
 SLASD3 is called from SLASD1.

Parameters:

          NL is INTEGER
         The row dimension of the upper block.  NL >= 1.

          NR is INTEGER
         The row dimension of the lower block.  NR >= 1.

SQRE

          SQRE is INTEGER
         = 0: the lower block is an NR-by-NR square matrix.
         = 1: the lower block is an NR-by-(NR+1) rectangular matrix.
         The bidiagonal matrix has N = NL + NR + 1 rows and
         M = N + SQRE >= N columns.

          K is INTEGER
         The size of the secular equation, 1 =< K = < N.

          D is REAL array, dimension(K)
         On exit the square roots of the roots of the secular equation,
         in ascending order.

          Q is REAL array,
                     dimension at least (LDQ,K).

LDQ

          LDQ is INTEGER
         The leading dimension of the array Q.  LDQ >= K.

DSIGMA

          DSIGMA is REAL array, dimension(K)
         The first K elements of this array contain the old roots
         of the deflated updating problem.  These are the poles
         of the secular equation.

          U is REAL array, dimension (LDU, N)
         The last N - K columns of this matrix contain the deflated
         left singular vectors.

LDU

          LDU is INTEGER
         The leading dimension of the array U.  LDU >= N.

          U2 is REAL array, dimension (LDU2, N)
         The first K columns of this matrix contain the non-deflated
         left singular vectors for the split problem.

LDU2

          LDU2 is INTEGER
         The leading dimension of the array U2.  LDU2 >= N.

          VT is REAL array, dimension (LDVT, M)
         The last M - K columns of VT**T contain the deflated
         right singular vectors.

LDVT

          LDVT is INTEGER
         The leading dimension of the array VT.  LDVT >= N.

VT2

          VT2 is REAL array, dimension (LDVT2, N)
         The first K columns of VT2**T contain the non-deflated
         right singular vectors for the split problem.

LDVT2

          LDVT2 is INTEGER
         The leading dimension of the array VT2.  LDVT2 >= N.

IDXC

          IDXC is INTEGER array, dimension (N)
         The permutation used to arrange the columns of U (and rows of
         VT) into three groups:  the first group contains non-zero
         entries only at and above (or before) NL +1; the second
         contains non-zero entries only at and below (or after) NL+2;
         and the third is dense. The first column of U and the row of
         VT are treated separately, however.
         The rows of the singular vectors found by SLASD4
         must be likewise permuted before the matrix multiplies can
         take place.

CTOT

          CTOT is INTEGER array, dimension (4)
         A count of the total number of the various types of columns
         in U (or rows in VT), as described in IDXC. The fourth column
         type is any column which has been deflated.

          Z is REAL array, dimension (K)
         The first K elements of this array contain the components
         of the deflation-adjusted updating row vector.

INFO

          INFO is INTEGER
         = 0:  successful exit.
         < 0:  if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value.
         > 0:  if INFO = 1, a singular value did not converge

Author:

Univ. of Tennessee

Univ. of California Berkeley

Univ. of Colorado Denver

NAG Ltd.

Date:

: November 2015

Contributors:

: Ming Gu and Huan Ren, Computer Science Division, University of California at Berkeley, USA

subroutine slasd4 (integer N, integer I, real, dimension( * ) D, real, dimension( * ) Z, real, dimension( * ) DELTA, real RHO, real SIGMA, real, dimension( * ) WORK, integer INFO)

SLASD4 computes the square root of the i-th updated eigenvalue of a positive symmetric rank-one modification to a positive diagonal matrix. Used by sbdsdc.

Purpose:

 This subroutine computes the square root of the I-th updated
 eigenvalue of a positive symmetric rank-one modification to
 a positive diagonal matrix whose entries are given as the squares
 of the corresponding entries in the array d, and that
        0 <= D(i) < D(j)  for  i < j
 and that RHO > 0. This is arranged by the calling routine, and is
 no loss in generality.  The rank-one modified system is thus
        diag( D ) * diag( D ) +  RHO * Z * Z_transpose.
 where we assume the Euclidean norm of Z is 1.
 The method consists of approximating the rational functions in the
 secular equation by simpler interpolating rational functions.

Parameters:

          N is INTEGER
         The length of all arrays.

          I is INTEGER
         The index of the eigenvalue to be computed.  1 <= I <= N.

          D is REAL array, dimension ( N )
         The original eigenvalues.  It is assumed that they are in
         order, 0 <= D(I) < D(J)  for I < J.

          Z is REAL array, dimension ( N )
         The components of the updating vector.

DELTA

          DELTA is REAL array, dimension ( N )
         If N .ne. 1, DELTA contains (D(j) - sigma_I) in its  j-th
         component.  If N = 1, then DELTA(1) = 1.  The vector DELTA
         contains the information necessary to construct the
         (singular) eigenvectors.

RHO

          RHO is REAL
         The scalar in the symmetric updating formula.

SIGMA

          SIGMA is REAL
         The computed sigma_I, the I-th updated eigenvalue.

WORK

          WORK is REAL array, dimension ( N )
         If N .ne. 1, WORK contains (D(j) + sigma_I) in its  j-th
         component.  If N = 1, then WORK( 1 ) = 1.

INFO

          INFO is INTEGER
         = 0:  successful exit
         > 0:  if INFO = 1, the updating process failed.

Internal Parameters:

  Logical variable ORGATI (origin-at-i?) is used for distinguishing
  whether D(i) or D(i+1) is treated as the origin.
            ORGATI = .true.    origin at i
            ORGATI = .false.   origin at i+1
  Logical variable SWTCH3 (switch-for-3-poles?) is for noting
  if we are working with THREE poles!
  MAXIT is the maximum number of iterations allowed for each
  eigenvalue.

Author:

Univ. of Tennessee

Univ. of California Berkeley

Univ. of Colorado Denver

NAG Ltd.

Date:

: November 2013

Contributors:

: Ren-Cang Li, Computer Science Division, University of California at Berkeley, USA

subroutine slasd5 (integer I, real, dimension( 2 ) D, real, dimension( 2 ) Z, real, dimension( 2 ) DELTA, real RHO, real DSIGMA, real, dimension( 2 ) WORK)

SLASD5 computes the square root of the i-th eigenvalue of a positive symmetric rank-one modification of a 2-by-2 diagonal matrix. Used by sbdsdc.

Purpose:

 This subroutine computes the square root of the I-th eigenvalue
 of a positive symmetric rank-one modification of a 2-by-2 diagonal
 matrix
            diag( D ) * diag( D ) +  RHO * Z * transpose(Z) .
 The diagonal entries in the array D are assumed to satisfy
            0 <= D(i) < D(j)  for  i < j .
 We also assume RHO > 0 and that the Euclidean norm of the vector
 Z is one.

Parameters:

          I is INTEGER
         The index of the eigenvalue to be computed.  I = 1 or I = 2.

          D is REAL array, dimension (2)
         The original eigenvalues.  We assume 0 <= D(1) < D(2).

          Z is REAL array, dimension (2)
         The components of the updating vector.

DELTA

          DELTA is REAL array, dimension (2)
         Contains (D(j) - sigma_I) in its  j-th component.
         The vector DELTA contains the information necessary
         to construct the eigenvectors.

RHO

          RHO is REAL
         The scalar in the symmetric updating formula.

DSIGMA

          DSIGMA is REAL
         The computed sigma_I, the I-th updated eigenvalue.

WORK

          WORK is REAL array, dimension (2)
         WORK contains (D(j) + sigma_I) in its  j-th component.

Author:

Univ. of Tennessee

Univ. of California Berkeley

Univ. of Colorado Denver

NAG Ltd.

Date:

: September 2012

Contributors:

: Ren-Cang Li, Computer Science Division, University of California at Berkeley, USA

subroutine slasd6 (integer ICOMPQ, integer NL, integer NR, integer SQRE, real, dimension( * ) D, real, dimension( * ) VF, real, dimension( * ) VL, real ALPHA, real BETA, integer, dimension( * ) IDXQ, integer, dimension( * ) PERM, integer GIVPTR, integer, dimension( ldgcol, * ) GIVCOL, integer LDGCOL, real, dimension( ldgnum, * ) GIVNUM, integer LDGNUM, real, dimension( ldgnum, * ) POLES, real, dimension( * ) DIFL, real, dimension( * ) DIFR, real, dimension( * ) Z, integer K, real C, real S, real, dimension( * ) WORK, integer, dimension( * ) IWORK, integer INFO)

SLASD6 computes the SVD of an updated upper bidiagonal matrix obtained by merging two smaller ones by appending a row. Used by sbdsdc.

Purpose:

 SLASD6 computes the SVD of an updated upper bidiagonal matrix B
 obtained by merging two smaller ones by appending a row. This
 routine is used only for the problem which requires all singular
 values and optionally singular vector matrices in factored form.
 B is an N-by-M matrix with N = NL + NR + 1 and M = N + SQRE.
 A related subroutine, SLASD1, handles the case in which all singular
 values and singular vectors of the bidiagonal matrix are desired.
 SLASD6 computes the SVD as follows:
               ( D1(in)    0    0       0 )
   B = U(in) * (   Z1**T   a   Z2**T    b ) * VT(in)
               (   0       0   D2(in)   0 )
     = U(out) * ( D(out) 0) * VT(out)
 where Z**T = (Z1**T a Z2**T b) = u**T VT**T, and u is a vector of dimension M
 with ALPHA and BETA in the NL+1 and NL+2 th entries and zeros
 elsewhere; and the entry b is empty if SQRE = 0.
 The singular values of B can be computed using D1, D2, the first
 components of all the right singular vectors of the lower block, and
 the last components of all the right singular vectors of the upper
 block. These components are stored and updated in VF and VL,
 respectively, in SLASD6. Hence U and VT are not explicitly
 referenced.
 The singular values are stored in D. The algorithm consists of two
 stages:
       The first stage consists of deflating the size of the problem
       when there are multiple singular values or if there is a zero
       in the Z vector. For each such occurrence the dimension of the
       secular equation problem is reduced by one. This stage is
       performed by the routine SLASD7.
       The second stage consists of calculating the updated
       singular values. This is done by finding the roots of the
       secular equation via the routine SLASD4 (as called by SLASD8).
       This routine also updates VF and VL and computes the distances
       between the updated singular values and the old singular
       values.
 SLASD6 is called from SLASDA.

Parameters:

ICOMPQ

          ICOMPQ is INTEGER
         Specifies whether singular vectors are to be computed in
         factored form:
         = 0: Compute singular values only.
         = 1: Compute singular vectors in factored form as well.

          NL is INTEGER
         The row dimension of the upper block.  NL >= 1.

          NR is INTEGER
         The row dimension of the lower block.  NR >= 1.

SQRE

          SQRE is INTEGER
         = 0: the lower block is an NR-by-NR square matrix.
         = 1: the lower block is an NR-by-(NR+1) rectangular matrix.
         The bidiagonal matrix has row dimension N = NL + NR + 1,
         and column dimension M = N + SQRE.

          D is REAL array, dimension (NL+NR+1).
         On entry D(1:NL,1:NL) contains the singular values of the
         upper block, and D(NL+2:N) contains the singular values
         of the lower block. On exit D(1:N) contains the singular
         values of the modified matrix.

          VF is REAL array, dimension (M)
         On entry, VF(1:NL+1) contains the first components of all
         right singular vectors of the upper block; and VF(NL+2:M)
         contains the first components of all right singular vectors
         of the lower block. On exit, VF contains the first components
         of all right singular vectors of the bidiagonal matrix.

          VL is REAL array, dimension (M)
         On entry, VL(1:NL+1) contains the  last components of all
         right singular vectors of the upper block; and VL(NL+2:M)
         contains the last components of all right singular vectors of
         the lower block. On exit, VL contains the last components of
         all right singular vectors of the bidiagonal matrix.

ALPHA

          ALPHA is REAL
         Contains the diagonal element associated with the added row.

BETA

          BETA is REAL
         Contains the off-diagonal element associated with the added
         row.

IDXQ

          IDXQ is INTEGER array, dimension (N)
         This contains the permutation which will reintegrate the
         subproblem just solved back into sorted order, i.e.
         D( IDXQ( I = 1, N ) ) will be in ascending order.

PERM

          PERM is INTEGER array, dimension ( N )
         The permutations (from deflation and sorting) to be applied
         to each block. Not referenced if ICOMPQ = 0.

GIVPTR

          GIVPTR is INTEGER
         The number of Givens rotations which took place in this
         subproblem. Not referenced if ICOMPQ = 0.

GIVCOL

          GIVCOL is INTEGER array, dimension ( LDGCOL, 2 )
         Each pair of numbers indicates a pair of columns to take place
         in a Givens rotation. Not referenced if ICOMPQ = 0.

LDGCOL

          LDGCOL is INTEGER
         leading dimension of GIVCOL, must be at least N.

GIVNUM

          GIVNUM is REAL array, dimension ( LDGNUM, 2 )
         Each number indicates the C or S value to be used in the
         corresponding Givens rotation. Not referenced if ICOMPQ = 0.

LDGNUM

          LDGNUM is INTEGER
         The leading dimension of GIVNUM and POLES, must be at least N.

POLES

          POLES is REAL array, dimension ( LDGNUM, 2 )
         On exit, POLES(1,*) is an array containing the new singular
         values obtained from solving the secular equation, and
         POLES(2,*) is an array containing the poles in the secular
         equation. Not referenced if ICOMPQ = 0.

DIFL

          DIFL is REAL array, dimension ( N )
         On exit, DIFL(I) is the distance between I-th updated
         (undeflated) singular value and the I-th (undeflated) old
         singular value.

DIFR

          DIFR is REAL array,
                   dimension ( LDDIFR, 2 ) if ICOMPQ = 1 and
                   dimension ( K ) if ICOMPQ = 0.
          On exit, DIFR(I,1) = D(I) - DSIGMA(I+1), DIFR(K,1) is not
          defined and will not be referenced.
          If ICOMPQ = 1, DIFR(1:K,2) is an array containing the
          normalizing factors for the right singular vector matrix.
         See SLASD8 for details on DIFL and DIFR.

          Z is REAL array, dimension ( M )
         The first elements of this array contain the components
         of the deflation-adjusted updating row vector.

          K is INTEGER
         Contains the dimension of the non-deflated matrix,
         This is the order of the related secular equation. 1 <= K <=N.

          C is REAL
         C contains garbage if SQRE =0 and the C-value of a Givens
         rotation related to the right null space if SQRE = 1.

          S is REAL
         S contains garbage if SQRE =0 and the S-value of a Givens
         rotation related to the right null space if SQRE = 1.

WORK

          WORK is REAL array, dimension ( 4 * M )

IWORK

          IWORK is INTEGER array, dimension ( 3 * N )

INFO

          INFO is INTEGER
          = 0:  successful exit.
          < 0:  if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value.
          > 0:  if INFO = 1, a singular value did not converge

Author:

Univ. of Tennessee

Univ. of California Berkeley

Univ. of Colorado Denver

NAG Ltd.

Date:

: June 2016

Contributors:

: Ming Gu and Huan Ren, Computer Science Division, University of California at Berkeley, USA

subroutine slasd7 (integer ICOMPQ, integer NL, integer NR, integer SQRE, integer K, real, dimension( * ) D, real, dimension( * ) Z, real, dimension( * ) ZW, real, dimension( * ) VF, real, dimension( * ) VFW, real, dimension( * ) VL, real, dimension( * ) VLW, real ALPHA, real BETA, real, dimension( * ) DSIGMA, integer, dimension( * ) IDX, integer, dimension( * ) IDXP, integer, dimension( * ) IDXQ, integer, dimension( * ) PERM, integer GIVPTR, integer, dimension( ldgcol, * ) GIVCOL, integer LDGCOL, real, dimension( ldgnum, * ) GIVNUM, integer LDGNUM, real C, real S, integer INFO)

SLASD7 merges the two sets of singular values together into a single sorted set. Then it tries to deflate the size of the problem. Used by sbdsdc.

Purpose:

 SLASD7 merges the two sets of singular values together into a single
 sorted set. Then it tries to deflate the size of the problem. There
 are two ways in which deflation can occur:  when two or more singular
 values are close together or if there is a tiny entry in the Z
 vector. For each such occurrence the order of the related
 secular equation problem is reduced by one.
 SLASD7 is called from SLASD6.

Parameters:

ICOMPQ

          ICOMPQ is INTEGER
          Specifies whether singular vectors are to be computed
          in compact form, as follows:
          = 0: Compute singular values only.
          = 1: Compute singular vectors of upper
               bidiagonal matrix in compact form.

          NL is INTEGER
         The row dimension of the upper block. NL >= 1.

          NR is INTEGER
         The row dimension of the lower block. NR >= 1.

SQRE

          SQRE is INTEGER
         = 0: the lower block is an NR-by-NR square matrix.
         = 1: the lower block is an NR-by-(NR+1) rectangular matrix.
         The bidiagonal matrix has
         N = NL + NR + 1 rows and
         M = N + SQRE >= N columns.

          K is INTEGER
         Contains the dimension of the non-deflated matrix, this is
         the order of the related secular equation. 1 <= K <=N.

          D is REAL array, dimension ( N )
         On entry D contains the singular values of the two submatrices
         to be combined. On exit D contains the trailing (N-K) updated
         singular values (those which were deflated) sorted into
         increasing order.

          Z is REAL array, dimension ( M )
         On exit Z contains the updating row vector in the secular
         equation.

          ZW is REAL array, dimension ( M )
         Workspace for Z.

          VF is REAL array, dimension ( M )
         On entry, VF(1:NL+1) contains the first components of all
         right singular vectors of the upper block; and VF(NL+2:M)
         contains the first components of all right singular vectors
         of the lower block. On exit, VF contains the first components
         of all right singular vectors of the bidiagonal matrix.

VFW

          VFW is REAL array, dimension ( M )
         Workspace for VF.

          VL is REAL array, dimension ( M )
         On entry, VL(1:NL+1) contains the  last components of all
         right singular vectors of the upper block; and VL(NL+2:M)
         contains the last components of all right singular vectors
         of the lower block. On exit, VL contains the last components
         of all right singular vectors of the bidiagonal matrix.

VLW

          VLW is REAL array, dimension ( M )
         Workspace for VL.

ALPHA

          ALPHA is REAL
         Contains the diagonal element associated with the added row.

BETA

          BETA is REAL
         Contains the off-diagonal element associated with the added
         row.

DSIGMA

          DSIGMA is REAL array, dimension ( N )
         Contains a copy of the diagonal elements (K-1 singular values
         and one zero) in the secular equation.

IDX

          IDX is INTEGER array, dimension ( N )
         This will contain the permutation used to sort the contents of
         D into ascending order.

IDXP

          IDXP is INTEGER array, dimension ( N )
         This will contain the permutation used to place deflated
         values of D at the end of the array. On output IDXP(2:K)
         points to the nondeflated D-values and IDXP(K+1:N)
         points to the deflated singular values.

IDXQ

          IDXQ is INTEGER array, dimension ( N )
         This contains the permutation which separately sorts the two
         sub-problems in D into ascending order.  Note that entries in
         the first half of this permutation must first be moved one
         position backward; and entries in the second half
         must first have NL+1 added to their values.

PERM

          PERM is INTEGER array, dimension ( N )
         The permutations (from deflation and sorting) to be applied
         to each singular block. Not referenced if ICOMPQ = 0.

GIVPTR

          GIVPTR is INTEGER
         The number of Givens rotations which took place in this
         subproblem. Not referenced if ICOMPQ = 0.

GIVCOL

          GIVCOL is INTEGER array, dimension ( LDGCOL, 2 )
         Each pair of numbers indicates a pair of columns to take place
         in a Givens rotation. Not referenced if ICOMPQ = 0.

LDGCOL

          LDGCOL is INTEGER
         The leading dimension of GIVCOL, must be at least N.

GIVNUM

          GIVNUM is REAL array, dimension ( LDGNUM, 2 )
         Each number indicates the C or S value to be used in the
         corresponding Givens rotation. Not referenced if ICOMPQ = 0.

LDGNUM

          LDGNUM is INTEGER
         The leading dimension of GIVNUM, must be at least N.

          C is REAL
         C contains garbage if SQRE =0 and the C-value of a Givens
         rotation related to the right null space if SQRE = 1.

          S is REAL
         S contains garbage if SQRE =0 and the S-value of a Givens
         rotation related to the right null space if SQRE = 1.

INFO

          INFO is INTEGER
         = 0:  successful exit.
         < 0:  if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value.

Author:

Univ. of Tennessee

Univ. of California Berkeley

Univ. of Colorado Denver

NAG Ltd.

Date:

: September 2012

Contributors:

: Ming Gu and Huan Ren, Computer Science Division, University of California at Berkeley, USA

subroutine slasd8 (integer ICOMPQ, integer K, real, dimension( * ) D, real, dimension( * ) Z, real, dimension( * ) VF, real, dimension( * ) VL, real, dimension( * ) DIFL, real, dimension( lddifr, * ) DIFR, integer LDDIFR, real, dimension( * ) DSIGMA, real, dimension( * ) WORK, integer INFO)

SLASD8 finds the square roots of the roots of the secular equation, and stores, for each element in D, the distance to its two nearest poles. Used by sbdsdc.

Purpose:

 SLASD8 finds the square roots of the roots of the secular equation,
 as defined by the values in DSIGMA and Z. It makes the appropriate
 calls to SLASD4, and stores, for each  element in D, the distance
 to its two nearest poles (elements in DSIGMA). It also updates
 the arrays VF and VL, the first and last components of all the
 right singular vectors of the original bidiagonal matrix.
 SLASD8 is called from SLASD6.

Parameters:

ICOMPQ

          ICOMPQ is INTEGER
          Specifies whether singular vectors are to be computed in
          factored form in the calling routine:
          = 0: Compute singular values only.
          = 1: Compute singular vectors in factored form as well.

          K is INTEGER
          The number of terms in the rational function to be solved
          by SLASD4.  K >= 1.

          D is REAL array, dimension ( K )
          On output, D contains the updated singular values.

          Z is REAL array, dimension ( K )
          On entry, the first K elements of this array contain the
          components of the deflation-adjusted updating row vector.
          On exit, Z is updated.

          VF is REAL array, dimension ( K )
          On entry, VF contains  information passed through DBEDE8.
          On exit, VF contains the first K components of the first
          components of all right singular vectors of the bidiagonal
          matrix.

          VL is REAL array, dimension ( K )
          On entry, VL contains  information passed through DBEDE8.
          On exit, VL contains the first K components of the last
          components of all right singular vectors of the bidiagonal
          matrix.

DIFL

          DIFL is REAL array, dimension ( K )
          On exit, DIFL(I) = D(I) - DSIGMA(I).

DIFR

          DIFR is REAL array,
                   dimension ( LDDIFR, 2 ) if ICOMPQ = 1 and
                   dimension ( K ) if ICOMPQ = 0.
          On exit, DIFR(I,1) = D(I) - DSIGMA(I+1), DIFR(K,1) is not
          defined and will not be referenced.
          If ICOMPQ = 1, DIFR(1:K,2) is an array containing the
          normalizing factors for the right singular vector matrix.

LDDIFR

          LDDIFR is INTEGER
          The leading dimension of DIFR, must be at least K.

DSIGMA

          DSIGMA is REAL array, dimension ( K )
          On entry, the first K elements of this array contain the old
          roots of the deflated updating problem.  These are the poles
          of the secular equation.
          On exit, the elements of DSIGMA may be very slightly altered
          in value.

WORK

          WORK is REAL array, dimension at least 3 * K

INFO

          INFO is INTEGER
          = 0:  successful exit.
          < 0:  if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value.
          > 0:  if INFO = 1, a singular value did not converge

Author:

Univ. of Tennessee

Univ. of California Berkeley

Univ. of Colorado Denver

NAG Ltd.

Date:

: November 2015

Contributors:

: Ming Gu and Huan Ren, Computer Science Division, University of California at Berkeley, USA

subroutine slasda (integer ICOMPQ, integer SMLSIZ, integer N, integer SQRE, real, dimension( * ) D, real, dimension( * ) E, real, dimension( ldu, * ) U, integer LDU, real, dimension( ldu, * ) VT, integer, dimension( * ) K, real, dimension( ldu, * ) DIFL, real, dimension( ldu, * ) DIFR, real, dimension( ldu, * ) Z, real, dimension( ldu, * ) POLES, integer, dimension( * ) GIVPTR, integer, dimension( ldgcol, * ) GIVCOL, integer LDGCOL, integer, dimension( ldgcol, * ) PERM, real, dimension( ldu, * ) GIVNUM, real, dimension( * ) C, real, dimension( * ) S, real, dimension( * ) WORK, integer, dimension( * ) IWORK, integer INFO)

SLASDA computes the singular value decomposition (SVD) of a real upper bidiagonal matrix with diagonal d and off-diagonal e. Used by sbdsdc.

Purpose:

 Using a divide and conquer approach, SLASDA computes the singular
 value decomposition (SVD) of a real upper bidiagonal N-by-M matrix
 B with diagonal D and offdiagonal E, where M = N + SQRE. The
 algorithm computes the singular values in the SVD B = U * S * VT.
 The orthogonal matrices U and VT are optionally computed in
 compact form.
 A related subroutine, SLASD0, computes the singular values and
 the singular vectors in explicit form.

Parameters:

ICOMPQ

          ICOMPQ is INTEGER
         Specifies whether singular vectors are to be computed
         in compact form, as follows
         = 0: Compute singular values only.
         = 1: Compute singular vectors of upper bidiagonal
              matrix in compact form.

SMLSIZ

          SMLSIZ is INTEGER
         The maximum size of the subproblems at the bottom of the
         computation tree.

          N is INTEGER
         The row dimension of the upper bidiagonal matrix. This is
         also the dimension of the main diagonal array D.

SQRE

          SQRE is INTEGER
         Specifies the column dimension of the bidiagonal matrix.
         = 0: The bidiagonal matrix has column dimension M = N;
         = 1: The bidiagonal matrix has column dimension M = N + 1.

          D is REAL array, dimension ( N )
         On entry D contains the main diagonal of the bidiagonal
         matrix. On exit D, if INFO = 0, contains its singular values.

          E is REAL array, dimension ( M-1 )
         Contains the subdiagonal entries of the bidiagonal matrix.
         On exit, E has been destroyed.

          U is REAL array,
         dimension ( LDU, SMLSIZ ) if ICOMPQ = 1, and not referenced
         if ICOMPQ = 0. If ICOMPQ = 1, on exit, U contains the left
         singular vector matrices of all subproblems at the bottom
         level.

LDU

          LDU is INTEGER, LDU = > N.
         The leading dimension of arrays U, VT, DIFL, DIFR, POLES,
         GIVNUM, and Z.

          VT is REAL array,
         dimension ( LDU, SMLSIZ+1 ) if ICOMPQ = 1, and not referenced
         if ICOMPQ = 0. If ICOMPQ = 1, on exit, VT**T contains the right
         singular vector matrices of all subproblems at the bottom
         level.

          K is INTEGER array, dimension ( N )
         if ICOMPQ = 1 and dimension 1 if ICOMPQ = 0.
         If ICOMPQ = 1, on exit, K(I) is the dimension of the I-th
         secular equation on the computation tree.

DIFL

          DIFL is REAL array, dimension ( LDU, NLVL ),
         where NLVL = floor(log_2 (N/SMLSIZ))).

DIFR

          DIFR is REAL array,
                  dimension ( LDU, 2 * NLVL ) if ICOMPQ = 1 and
                  dimension ( N ) if ICOMPQ = 0.
         If ICOMPQ = 1, on exit, DIFL(1:N, I) and DIFR(1:N, 2 * I - 1)
         record distances between singular values on the I-th
         level and singular values on the (I -1)-th level, and
         DIFR(1:N, 2 * I ) contains the normalizing factors for
         the right singular vector matrix. See SLASD8 for details.

          Z is REAL array,
                  dimension ( LDU, NLVL ) if ICOMPQ = 1 and
                  dimension ( N ) if ICOMPQ = 0.
         The first K elements of Z(1, I) contain the components of
         the deflation-adjusted updating row vector for subproblems
         on the I-th level.

POLES

          POLES is REAL array,
         dimension ( LDU, 2 * NLVL ) if ICOMPQ = 1, and not referenced
         if ICOMPQ = 0. If ICOMPQ = 1, on exit, POLES(1, 2*I - 1) and
         POLES(1, 2*I) contain  the new and old singular values
         involved in the secular equations on the I-th level.

GIVPTR

          GIVPTR is INTEGER array,
         dimension ( N ) if ICOMPQ = 1, and not referenced if
         ICOMPQ = 0. If ICOMPQ = 1, on exit, GIVPTR( I ) records
         the number of Givens rotations performed on the I-th
         problem on the computation tree.

GIVCOL

          GIVCOL is INTEGER array,
         dimension ( LDGCOL, 2 * NLVL ) if ICOMPQ = 1, and not
         referenced if ICOMPQ = 0. If ICOMPQ = 1, on exit, for each I,
         GIVCOL(1, 2 *I - 1) and GIVCOL(1, 2 *I) record the locations
         of Givens rotations performed on the I-th level on the
         computation tree.

LDGCOL

          LDGCOL is INTEGER, LDGCOL = > N.
         The leading dimension of arrays GIVCOL and PERM.

PERM

          PERM is INTEGER array, dimension ( LDGCOL, NLVL )
         if ICOMPQ = 1, and not referenced
         if ICOMPQ = 0. If ICOMPQ = 1, on exit, PERM(1, I) records
         permutations done on the I-th level of the computation tree.

GIVNUM

          GIVNUM is REAL array,
         dimension ( LDU,  2 * NLVL ) if ICOMPQ = 1, and not
         referenced if ICOMPQ = 0. If ICOMPQ = 1, on exit, for each I,
         GIVNUM(1, 2 *I - 1) and GIVNUM(1, 2 *I) record the C- and S-
         values of Givens rotations performed on the I-th level on
         the computation tree.

          C is REAL array,
         dimension ( N ) if ICOMPQ = 1, and dimension 1 if ICOMPQ = 0.
         If ICOMPQ = 1 and the I-th subproblem is not square, on exit,
         C( I ) contains the C-value of a Givens rotation related to
         the right null space of the I-th subproblem.

          S is REAL array, dimension ( N ) if
         ICOMPQ = 1, and dimension 1 if ICOMPQ = 0. If ICOMPQ = 1
         and the I-th subproblem is not square, on exit, S( I )
         contains the S-value of a Givens rotation related to
         the right null space of the I-th subproblem.

WORK

          WORK is REAL array, dimension
         (6 * N + (SMLSIZ + 1)*(SMLSIZ + 1)).

IWORK

          IWORK is INTEGER array, dimension (7*N).

INFO

          INFO is INTEGER
          = 0:  successful exit.
          < 0:  if INFO = -i, the i-th argument had an illegal value.
          > 0:  if INFO = 1, a singular value did not converge

Author:

Univ. of Tennessee

Univ. of California Berkeley

Univ. of Colorado Denver

NAG Ltd.

Date:

: September 2012

Contributors:

: Ming Gu and Huan Ren, Computer Science Division, University of California at Berkeley, USA

subroutine slasdq (character UPLO, integer SQRE, integer N, integer NCVT, integer NRU, integer NCC, real, dimension( * ) D, real, dimension( * ) E, real, dimension( ldvt, * ) VT, integer LDVT, real, dimension( ldu, * ) U, integer LDU, real, dimension( ldc, * ) C, integer LDC, real, dimension( * ) WORK, integer INFO)

SLASDQ computes the SVD of a real bidiagonal matrix with diagonal d and off-diagonal e. Used by sbdsdc.

Purpose:

 SLASDQ computes the singular value decomposition (SVD) of a real
 (upper or lower) bidiagonal matrix with diagonal D and offdiagonal
 E, accumulating the transformations if desired. Letting B denote
 the input bidiagonal matrix, the algorithm computes orthogonal
 matrices Q and P such that B = Q * S * P**T (P**T denotes the transpose
 of P). The singular values S are overwritten on D.
 The input matrix U  is changed to U  * Q  if desired.
 The input matrix VT is changed to P**T * VT if desired.
 The input matrix C  is changed to Q**T * C  if desired.
 See "Computing  Small Singular Values of Bidiagonal Matrices With
 Guaranteed High Relative Accuracy," by J. Demmel and W. Kahan,
 LAPACK Working Note #3, for a detailed description of the algorithm.

Parameters:

UPLO

          UPLO is CHARACTER*1
        On entry, UPLO specifies whether the input bidiagonal matrix
        is upper or lower bidiagonal, and whether it is square are
        not.
           UPLO = 'U' or 'u'   B is upper bidiagonal.
           UPLO = 'L' or 'l'   B is lower bidiagonal.

SQRE

          SQRE is INTEGER
        = 0: then the input matrix is N-by-N.
        = 1: then the input matrix is N-by-(N+1) if UPLU = 'U' and
             (N+1)-by-N if UPLU = 'L'.
        The bidiagonal matrix has
        N = NL + NR + 1 rows and
        M = N + SQRE >= N columns.

          N is INTEGER
        On entry, N specifies the number of rows and columns
        in the matrix. N must be at least 0.

NCVT

          NCVT is INTEGER
        On entry, NCVT specifies the number of columns of
        the matrix VT. NCVT must be at least 0.

NRU

          NRU is INTEGER
        On entry, NRU specifies the number of rows of
        the matrix U. NRU must be at least 0.

NCC

          NCC is INTEGER
        On entry, NCC specifies the number of columns of
        the matrix C. NCC must be at least 0.

          D is REAL array, dimension (N)
        On entry, D contains the diagonal entries of the
        bidiagonal matrix whose SVD is desired. On normal exit,
        D contains the singular values in ascending order.

          E is REAL array.
        dimension is (N-1) if SQRE = 0 and N if SQRE = 1.
        On entry, the entries of E contain the offdiagonal entries
        of the bidiagonal matrix whose SVD is desired. On normal
        exit, E will contain 0. If the algorithm does not converge,
        D and E will contain the diagonal and superdiagonal entries
        of a bidiagonal matrix orthogonally equivalent to the one
        given as input.

          VT is REAL array, dimension (LDVT, NCVT)
        On entry, contains a matrix which on exit has been
        premultiplied by P**T, dimension N-by-NCVT if SQRE = 0
        and (N+1)-by-NCVT if SQRE = 1 (not referenced if NCVT=0).

LDVT

          LDVT is INTEGER
        On entry, LDVT specifies the leading dimension of VT as
        declared in the calling (sub) program. LDVT must be at
        least 1. If NCVT is nonzero LDVT must also be at least N.

          U is REAL array, dimension (LDU, N)
        On entry, contains a  matrix which on exit has been
        postmultiplied by Q, dimension NRU-by-N if SQRE = 0
        and NRU-by-(N+1) if SQRE = 1 (not referenced if NRU=0).

LDU

          LDU is INTEGER
        On entry, LDU  specifies the leading dimension of U as
        declared in the calling (sub) program. LDU must be at
        least max( 1, NRU ) .

          C is REAL array, dimension (LDC, NCC)
        On entry, contains an N-by-NCC matrix which on exit
        has been premultiplied by Q**T  dimension N-by-NCC if SQRE = 0
        and (N+1)-by-NCC if SQRE = 1 (not referenced if NCC=0).

LDC

          LDC is INTEGER
        On entry, LDC  specifies the leading dimension of C as
        declared in the calling (sub) program. LDC must be at
        least 1. If NCC is nonzero, LDC must also be at least N.

WORK

          WORK is REAL array, dimension (4*N)
        Workspace. Only referenced if one of NCVT, NRU, or NCC is
        nonzero, and if N is at least 2.

INFO

          INFO is INTEGER
        On exit, a value of 0 indicates a successful exit.
        If INFO < 0, argument number -INFO is illegal.
        If INFO > 0, the algorithm did not converge, and INFO
        specifies how many superdiagonals did not converge.

Author:

Univ. of Tennessee

Univ. of California Berkeley

Univ. of Colorado Denver

NAG Ltd.

Date:

: June 2016

Contributors:

: Ming Gu and Huan Ren, Computer Science Division, University of California at Berkeley, USA

subroutine slasdt (integer N, integer LVL, integer ND, integer, dimension( * ) INODE, integer, dimension( * ) NDIML, integer, dimension( * ) NDIMR, integer MSUB)

SLASDT creates a tree of subproblems for bidiagonal divide and conquer. Used by sbdsdc.

Purpose:

 SLASDT creates a tree of subproblems for bidiagonal divide and
 conquer.

Parameters:

          N is INTEGER
          On entry, the number of diagonal elements of the
          bidiagonal matrix.

LVL

          LVL is INTEGER
          On exit, the number of levels on the computation tree.

          ND is INTEGER
          On exit, the number of nodes on the tree.

INODE

          INODE is INTEGER array, dimension ( N )
          On exit, centers of subproblems.

NDIML

          NDIML is INTEGER array, dimension ( N )
          On exit, row dimensions of left children.

NDIMR

          NDIMR is INTEGER array, dimension ( N )
          On exit, row dimensions of right children.

MSUB

          MSUB is INTEGER
          On entry, the maximum row dimension each subproblem at the
          bottom of the tree can be of.

Author:

Univ. of Tennessee

Univ. of California Berkeley

Univ. of Colorado Denver

NAG Ltd.

Date:

: September 2012

Contributors:

: Ming Gu and Huan Ren, Computer Science Division, University of California at Berkeley, USA

subroutine slaset (character UPLO, integer M, integer N, real ALPHA, real BETA, real, dimension( lda, * ) A, integer LDA)

SLASET initializes the off-diagonal elements and the diagonal elements of a matrix to given values.

Purpose:

 SLASET initializes an m-by-n matrix A to BETA on the diagonal and
 ALPHA on the offdiagonals.

Parameters:

UPLO

          UPLO is CHARACTER*1
          Specifies the part of the matrix A to be set.
          = 'U':      Upper triangular part is set; the strictly lower
                      triangular part of A is not changed.
          = 'L':      Lower triangular part is set; the strictly upper
                      triangular part of A is not changed.
          Otherwise:  All of the matrix A is set.

          M is INTEGER
          The number of rows of the matrix A.  M >= 0.

          N is INTEGER
          The number of columns of the matrix A.  N >= 0.

ALPHA

          ALPHA is REAL
          The constant to which the offdiagonal elements are to be set.

BETA

          BETA is REAL
          The constant to which the diagonal elements are to be set.

          A is REAL array, dimension (LDA,N)
          On exit, the leading m-by-n submatrix of A is set as follows:
          if UPLO = 'U', A(i,j) = ALPHA, 1<=i<=j-1, 1<=j<=n,
          if UPLO = 'L', A(i,j) = ALPHA, j+1<=i<=m, 1<=j<=n,
          otherwise,     A(i,j) = ALPHA, 1<=i<=m, 1<=j<=n, i.ne.j,
          and, for all UPLO, A(i,i) = BETA, 1<=i<=min(m,n).

LDA

          LDA is INTEGER
          The leading dimension of the array A.  LDA >= max(1,M).

Author:

Univ. of Tennessee

Univ. of California Berkeley

Univ. of Colorado Denver

NAG Ltd.

Date:

: November 2015

subroutine slasr (character SIDE, character PIVOT, character DIRECT, integer M, integer N, real, dimension( * ) C, real, dimension( * ) S, real, dimension( lda, * ) A, integer LDA)

SLASR applies a sequence of plane rotations to a general rectangular matrix.

Purpose:

 SLASR applies a sequence of plane rotations to a real matrix A,
 from either the left or the right.
 
 When SIDE = 'L', the transformation takes the form
 
    A := P*A
 
 and when SIDE = 'R', the transformation takes the form
 
    A := A*P**T
 
 where P is an orthogonal matrix consisting of a sequence of z plane
 rotations, with z = M when SIDE = 'L' and z = N when SIDE = 'R',
 and P**T is the transpose of P.
 
 When DIRECT = 'F' (Forward sequence), then
 
    P = P(z-1) * ... * P(2) * P(1)
 
 and when DIRECT = 'B' (Backward sequence), then
 
    P = P(1) * P(2) * ... * P(z-1)
 
 where P(k) is a plane rotation matrix defined by the 2-by-2 rotation
 
    R(k) = (  c(k)  s(k) )
         = ( -s(k)  c(k) ).
 
 When PIVOT = 'V' (Variable pivot), the rotation is performed
 for the plane (k,k+1), i.e., P(k) has the form
 
    P(k) = (  1                                            )
           (       ...                                     )
           (              1                                )
           (                   c(k)  s(k)                  )
           (                  -s(k)  c(k)                  )
           (                                1              )
           (                                     ...       )
           (                                            1  )
 
 where R(k) appears as a rank-2 modification to the identity matrix in
 rows and columns k and k+1.
 
 When PIVOT = 'T' (Top pivot), the rotation is performed for the
 plane (1,k+1), so P(k) has the form
 
    P(k) = (  c(k)                    s(k)                 )
           (         1                                     )
           (              ...                              )
           (                     1                         )
           ( -s(k)                    c(k)                 )
           (                                 1             )
           (                                      ...      )
           (                                             1 )
 
 where R(k) appears in rows and columns 1 and k+1.
 
 Similarly, when PIVOT = 'B' (Bottom pivot), the rotation is
 performed for the plane (k,z), giving P(k) the form
 
    P(k) = ( 1                                             )
           (      ...                                      )
           (             1                                 )
           (                  c(k)                    s(k) )
           (                         1                     )
           (                              ...              )
           (                                     1         )
           (                 -s(k)                    c(k) )
 
 where R(k) appears in rows and columns k and z.  The rotations are
 performed without ever forming P(k) explicitly.

Parameters:

SIDE

          SIDE is CHARACTER*1
          Specifies whether the plane rotation matrix P is applied to
          A on the left or the right.
          = 'L':  Left, compute A := P*A
          = 'R':  Right, compute A:= A*P**T

PIVOT

          PIVOT is CHARACTER*1
          Specifies the plane for which P(k) is a plane rotation
          matrix.
          = 'V':  Variable pivot, the plane (k,k+1)
          = 'T':  Top pivot, the plane (1,k+1)
          = 'B':  Bottom pivot, the plane (k,z)

DIRECT

          DIRECT is CHARACTER*1
          Specifies whether P is a forward or backward sequence of
          plane rotations.
          = 'F':  Forward, P = P(z-1)*...*P(2)*P(1)
          = 'B':  Backward, P = P(1)*P(2)*...*P(z-1)

          M is INTEGER
          The number of rows of the matrix A.  If m <= 1, an immediate
          return is effected.

          N is INTEGER
          The number of columns of the matrix A.  If n <= 1, an
          immediate return is effected.

          C is REAL array, dimension
                  (M-1) if SIDE = 'L'
                  (N-1) if SIDE = 'R'
          The cosines c(k) of the plane rotations.

          S is REAL array, dimension
                  (M-1) if SIDE = 'L'
                  (N-1) if SIDE = 'R'
          The sines s(k) of the plane rotations.  The 2-by-2 plane
          rotation part of the matrix P(k), R(k), has the form
          R(k) = (  c(k)  s(k) )
                 ( -s(k)  c(k) ).

          A is REAL array, dimension (LDA,N)
          The M-by-N matrix A.  On exit, A is overwritten by P*A if
          SIDE = 'R' or by A*P**T if SIDE = 'L'.

LDA

          LDA is INTEGER
          The leading dimension of the array A.  LDA >= max(1,M).

Author:

Univ. of Tennessee

Univ. of California Berkeley

Univ. of Colorado Denver

NAG Ltd.

Date:

: September 2012

subroutine slassq (integer N, real, dimension( * ) X, integer INCX, real SCALE, real SUMSQ)

SLASSQ updates a sum of squares represented in scaled form.

Purpose:

 SLASSQ  returns the values  scl  and  smsq  such that
    ( scl**2 )*smsq = x( 1 )**2 +...+ x( n )**2 + ( scale**2 )*sumsq,
 where  x( i ) = X( 1 + ( i - 1 )*INCX ). The value of  sumsq  is
 assumed to be non-negative and  scl  returns the value
    scl = max( scale, abs( x( i ) ) ).
 scale and sumsq must be supplied in SCALE and SUMSQ and
 scl and smsq are overwritten on SCALE and SUMSQ respectively.
 The routine makes only one pass through the vector x.

Parameters:

          N is INTEGER
          The number of elements to be used from the vector X.

          X is REAL array, dimension (N)
          The vector for which a scaled sum of squares is computed.
             x( i )  = X( 1 + ( i - 1 )*INCX ), 1 <= i <= n.

INCX

          INCX is INTEGER
          The increment between successive values of the vector X.
          INCX > 0.

SCALE

          SCALE is REAL
          On entry, the value  scale  in the equation above.
          On exit, SCALE is overwritten with  scl , the scaling factor
          for the sum of squares.

SUMSQ

          SUMSQ is REAL
          On entry, the value  sumsq  in the equation above.
          On exit, SUMSQ is overwritten with  smsq , the basic sum of
          squares from which  scl  has been factored out.

Author:

Univ. of Tennessee

Univ. of California Berkeley

Univ. of Colorado Denver

NAG Ltd.

Date:

: September 2012

subroutine slasv2 (real F, real G, real H, real SSMIN, real SSMAX, real SNR, real CSR, real SNL, real CSL)

SLASV2 computes the singular value decomposition of a 2-by-2 triangular matrix.

Purpose:

 SLASV2 computes the singular value decomposition of a 2-by-2
 triangular matrix
    [  F   G  ]
    [  0   H  ].
 On return, abs(SSMAX) is the larger singular value, abs(SSMIN) is the
 smaller singular value, and (CSL,SNL) and (CSR,SNR) are the left and
 right singular vectors for abs(SSMAX), giving the decomposition
    [ CSL  SNL ] [  F   G  ] [ CSR -SNR ]  =  [ SSMAX   0   ]
    [-SNL  CSL ] [  0   H  ] [ SNR  CSR ]     [  0    SSMIN ].

Parameters:

          F is REAL
          The (1,1) element of the 2-by-2 matrix.

          G is REAL
          The (1,2) element of the 2-by-2 matrix.

          H is REAL
          The (2,2) element of the 2-by-2 matrix.

SSMIN

          SSMIN is REAL
          abs(SSMIN) is the smaller singular value.

SSMAX

          SSMAX is REAL
          abs(SSMAX) is the larger singular value.

SNL

          SNL is REAL

CSL

          CSL is REAL
          The vector (CSL, SNL) is a unit left singular vector for the
          singular value abs(SSMAX).

SNR

          SNR is REAL

CSR

          CSR is REAL
          The vector (CSR, SNR) is a unit right singular vector for the
          singular value abs(SSMAX).

Author:

Univ. of Tennessee

Univ. of California Berkeley

Univ. of Colorado Denver

NAG Ltd.

Date:

: September 2012

Further Details:

  Any input parameter may be aliased with any output parameter.
  Barring over/underflow and assuming a guard digit in subtraction, all
  output quantities are correct to within a few units in the last
  place (ulps).
  In IEEE arithmetic, the code works correctly if one matrix element is
  infinite.
  Overflow will not occur unless the largest singular value itself
  overflows or is within a few ulps of overflow. (On machines with
  partial overflow, like the Cray, overflow may occur if the largest
  singular value is within a factor of 2 of overflow.)
  Underflow is harmless if underflow is gradual. Otherwise, results
  may correspond to a matrix modified by perturbations of size near
  the underflow threshold.

program tstiee ()

TSTIEE

Author:

Univ. of Tennessee

Univ. of California Berkeley

Univ. of Colorado Denver

NAG Ltd.

Date:

: November 2011

subroutine xerbla (character() SRNAME, integer INFO)

XERBLA

Purpose:

 XERBLA  is an error handler for the LAPACK routines.
 It is called by an LAPACK routine if an input parameter has an
 invalid value.  A message is printed and execution stops.
 Installers may consider modifying the STOP statement in order to
 call system-specific exception-handling facilities.

Parameters:

SRNAME

          SRNAME is CHARACTER*(*)
          The name of the routine which called XERBLA.

INFO

          INFO is INTEGER
          The position of the invalid parameter in the parameter list
          of the calling routine.

Author:

Univ. of Tennessee

Univ. of California Berkeley

Univ. of Colorado Denver

NAG Ltd.

Date:

: November 2011

subroutine xerbla_array (character(1), dimension(srname_len) SRNAME_ARRAY, integer SRNAME_LEN, integer INFO)

XERBLA_ARRAY

Purpose:

 XERBLA_ARRAY assists other languages in calling XERBLA, the LAPACK
 and BLAS error handler.  Rather than taking a Fortran string argument
 as the function's name, XERBLA_ARRAY takes an array of single
 characters along with the array's length.  XERBLA_ARRAY then copies
 up to 32 characters of that array into a Fortran string and passes
 that to XERBLA.  If called with a non-positive SRNAME_LEN,
 XERBLA_ARRAY will call XERBLA with a string of all blank characters.
 Say some macro or other device makes XERBLA_ARRAY available to C99
 by a name lapack_xerbla and with a common Fortran calling convention.
 Then a C99 program could invoke XERBLA via:
    {
      int flen = strlen(__func__);
      lapack_xerbla(__func__, &flen, &info);
    }
 Providing XERBLA_ARRAY is not necessary for intercepting LAPACK
 errors.  XERBLA_ARRAY calls XERBLA.

Parameters:

SRNAME_ARRAY

          SRNAME_ARRAY is CHARACTER(1) array, dimension (SRNAME_LEN)
          The name of the routine which called XERBLA_ARRAY.

SRNAME_LEN

          SRNAME_LEN is INTEGER
          The length of the name in SRNAME_ARRAY.

INFO

          INFO is INTEGER
          The position of the invalid parameter in the parameter list
          of the calling routine.

Author:

Univ. of Tennessee

Univ. of California Berkeley

Univ. of Colorado Denver

NAG Ltd.

Date:

: November 2011

Author

Generated automatically by Doxygen for LAPACK from the source code.

Functions

Detailed Description

Function Documentation

program __dlamchtst.f__ ()

program __dsecndtst.f__ ()

program __lapack_version.f__ ()

program __lsametst.f__ ()

logical function disnan (double precision DIN)

subroutine dlabad (double precision SMALL, double precision LARGE)

subroutine dlacpy (character UPLO, integer M, integer N, double precision, dimension( lda, * ) A, integer LDA, double precision, dimension( ldb, * ) B, integer LDB)

subroutine dladiv (double precision A, double precision B, double precision C, double precision D, double precision P, double precision Q)

subroutine dlae2 (double precision A, double precision B, double precision C, double precision RT1, double precision RT2)

subroutine dlaev2 (double precision A, double precision B, double precision C, double precision RT1, double precision RT2, double precision CS1, double precision SN1)

subroutine dlagts (integer JOB, integer N, double precision, dimension( * ) A, double precision, dimension( * ) B, double precision, dimension( * ) C, double precision, dimension( * ) D, integer, dimension( * ) IN, double precision, dimension( * ) Y, double precision TOL, integer INFO)

logical function dlaisnan (double precision DIN1, double precision DIN2)

subroutine dlamc1 (integer BETA, integer T, logical RND, logical IEEE1)

subroutine dlamc2 (integer BETA, integer T, logical RND, double precision EPS, integer EMIN, double precision RMIN, integer EMAX, double precision RMAX)

double precision function dlamc3 (double precision A, double precision B)

double precision function dlamch (character CMACH)

integer function dlaneg (integer N, double precision, dimension( * ) D, double precision, dimension( * ) LLD, double precision SIGMA, double precision PIVMIN, integer R)

double precision function dlanst (character NORM, integer N, double precision, dimension( * ) D, double precision, dimension( * ) E)

double precision function dlapy2 (double precision X, double precision Y)

double precision function dlapy3 (double precision X, double precision Y, double precision Z)

subroutine dlarnv (integer IDIST, integer, dimension( 4 ) ISEED, integer N, double precision, dimension( * ) X)

subroutine dlarra (integer N, double precision, dimension( * ) D, double precision, dimension( * ) E, double precision, dimension( * ) E2, double precision SPLTOL, double precision TNRM, integer NSPLIT, integer, dimension( * ) ISPLIT, integer INFO)

subroutine dlarrc (character JOBT, integer N, double precision VL, double precision VU, double precision, dimension( * ) D, double precision, dimension( * ) E, double precision PIVMIN, integer EIGCNT, integer LCNT, integer RCNT, integer INFO)

subroutine dlarrk (integer N, integer IW, double precision GL, double precision GU, double precision, dimension( * ) D, double precision, dimension( * ) E2, double precision PIVMIN, double precision RELTOL, double precision W, double precision WERR, integer INFO)

subroutine dlarrr (integer N, double precision, dimension( * ) D, double precision, dimension( * ) E, integer INFO)

subroutine dlartg (double precision F, double precision G, double precision CS, double precision SN, double precision R)

subroutine dlartgp (double precision F, double precision G, double precision CS, double precision SN, double precision R)

subroutine dlaruv (integer, dimension( 4 ) ISEED, integer N, double precision, dimension( n ) X)

subroutine dlas2 (double precision F, double precision G, double precision H, double precision SSMIN, double precision SSMAX)

subroutine dlascl (character TYPE, integer KL, integer KU, double precision CFROM, double precision CTO, integer M, integer N, double precision, dimension( lda, * ) A, integer LDA, integer INFO)

subroutine dlasd4 (integer N, integer I, double precision, dimension( * ) D, double precision, dimension( * ) Z, double precision, dimension( * ) DELTA, double precision RHO, double precision SIGMA, double precision, dimension( * ) WORK, integer INFO)

subroutine dlasd5 (integer I, double precision, dimension( 2 ) D, double precision, dimension( 2 ) Z, double precision, dimension( 2 ) DELTA, double precision RHO, double precision DSIGMA, double precision, dimension( 2 ) WORK)

subroutine dlasdt (integer N, integer LVL, integer ND, integer, dimension( * ) INODE, integer, dimension( * ) NDIML, integer, dimension( * ) NDIMR, integer MSUB)

subroutine dlaset (character UPLO, integer M, integer N, double precision ALPHA, double precision BETA, double precision, dimension( lda, * ) A, integer LDA)

subroutine dlasr (character SIDE, character PIVOT, character DIRECT, integer M, integer N, double precision, dimension( * ) C, double precision, dimension( * ) S, double precision, dimension( lda, * ) A, integer LDA)

subroutine dlassq (integer N, double precision, dimension( * ) X, integer INCX, double precision SCALE, double precision SUMSQ)

subroutine dlasv2 (double precision F, double precision G, double precision H, double precision SSMIN, double precision SSMAX, double precision SNR, double precision CSR, double precision SNL, double precision CSL)

double precision function dsecnd ()

integer function ieeeck (integer ISPEC, real ZERO, real ONE)

integer function iladlc (integer M, integer N, double precision, dimension( lda, * ) A, integer LDA)

integer function iladlr (integer M, integer N, double precision, dimension( lda, * ) A, integer LDA)

integer function ilaenv (integer ISPEC, character*( * ) NAME, character*( * ) OPTS, integer N1, integer N2, integer N3, integer N4)

subroutine ilaver (integer VERS_MAJOR, integer VERS_MINOR, integer VERS_PATCH)

integer function iparmq (integer ISPEC, character, dimension( * ) NAME, character, dimension( * ) OPTS, integer N, integer ILO, integer IHI, integer LWORK)

logical function lsame (character CA, character CB)

logical function lsamen (integer N, character*( * ) CA, character*( * ) CB)

real function second ()

logical function sisnan (real SIN)

subroutine slabad (real SMALL, real LARGE)

subroutine slacpy (character UPLO, integer M, integer N, real, dimension( lda, * ) A, integer LDA, real, dimension( ldb, * ) B, integer LDB)

subroutine sladiv (real A, real B, real C, real D, real P, real Q)

subroutine slae2 (real A, real B, real C, real RT1, real RT2)

subroutine slaev2 (real A, real B, real C, real RT1, real RT2, real CS1, real SN1)

subroutine slag2d (integer M, integer N, real, dimension( ldsa, * ) SA, integer LDSA, double precision, dimension( lda, * ) A, integer LDA, integer INFO)

subroutine slagts (integer JOB, integer N, real, dimension( * ) A, real, dimension( * ) B, real, dimension( * ) C, real, dimension( * ) D, integer, dimension( * ) IN, real, dimension( * ) Y, real TOL, integer INFO)

logical function slaisnan (real SIN1, real SIN2)

subroutine slamc1 (integer BETA, integer T, logical RND, logical IEEE1)

subroutine slamc2 (integer BETA, integer T, logical RND, real EPS, integer EMIN, real RMIN, integer EMAX, real RMAX)

real function slamc3 (real A, real B)

real function slamch (character CMACH)

integer function slaneg (integer N, real, dimension( * ) D, real, dimension( * ) LLD, real SIGMA, real PIVMIN, integer R)

real function slanst (character NORM, integer N, real, dimension( * ) D, real, dimension( * ) E)

real function slapy2 (real X, real Y)

real function slapy3 (real X, real Y, real Z)

subroutine slarnv (integer IDIST, integer, dimension( 4 ) ISEED, integer N, real, dimension( * ) X)

subroutine slarra (integer N, real, dimension( * ) D, real, dimension( * ) E, real, dimension( * ) E2, real SPLTOL, real TNRM, integer NSPLIT, integer, dimension( * ) ISPLIT, integer INFO)

subroutine slarrc (character JOBT, integer N, real VL, real VU, real, dimension( * ) D, real, dimension( * ) E, real PIVMIN, integer EIGCNT, integer LCNT, integer RCNT, integer INFO)

subroutine slarrj (integer N, real, dimension( * ) D, real, dimension( * ) E2, integer IFIRST, integer ILAST, real RTOL, integer OFFSET, real, dimension( * ) W, real, dimension( * ) WERR, real, dimension( * ) WORK, integer, dimension( * ) IWORK, real PIVMIN, real SPDIAM, integer INFO)

subroutine slarrk (integer N, integer IW, real GL, real GU, real, dimension( * ) D, real, dimension( * ) E2, real PIVMIN, real RELTOL, real W, real WERR, integer INFO)

subroutine slarrr (integer N, real, dimension( * ) D, real, dimension( * ) E, integer INFO)

subroutine slartg (real F, real G, real CS, real SN, real R)

subroutine slartgp (real F, real G, real CS, real SN, real R)

subroutine slaruv (integer, dimension( 4 ) ISEED, integer N, real, dimension( n ) X)

subroutine slas2 (real F, real G, real H, real SSMIN, real SSMAX)

subroutine slascl (character TYPE, integer KL, integer KU, real CFROM, real CTO, integer M, integer N, real, dimension( lda, * ) A, integer LDA, integer INFO)

subroutine slasd0 (integer N, integer SQRE, real, dimension( * ) D, real, dimension( * ) E, real, dimension( ldu, * ) U, integer LDU, real, dimension( ldvt, * ) VT, integer LDVT, integer SMLSIZ, integer, dimension( * ) IWORK, real, dimension( * ) WORK, integer INFO)

subroutine slasd1 (integer NL, integer NR, integer SQRE, real, dimension( * ) D, real ALPHA, real BETA, real, dimension( ldu, * ) U, integer LDU, real, dimension( ldvt, * ) VT, integer LDVT, integer, dimension( * ) IDXQ, integer, dimension( * ) IWORK, real, dimension( * ) WORK, integer INFO)

program dlamchtst.f ()

program dsecndtst.f ()

program lsametst.f ()

integer function ilaenv (integer ISPEC, character( ) NAME, character( ) OPTS, integer N1, integer N2, integer N3, integer N4)

logical function lsamen (integer N, character( ) CA, character( ) CB)

subroutine xerbla (character() SRNAME, integer INFO)